Ocurrió un error. Detalles Ocultar
Usted tiene páginas sin guardar. Restablecer Cancelar

Federación de Rusia

  • Presidente:Vladimir Vladimirovich Putin
  • Primer Ministro:Dmitry Anatolyevich Medvedev
  • Capital:Moscow
  • Idiomas:Russian (official) 85.7%, Tatar 3.2%, Chechen 1%, other 10.1% note: data represent native language spoken (2010 est.)
  • Gobierno
  • Instituto Nacional de Estadística
  • Población, personas:144.495.044 (2017)
  • Área, km2:16.376.870 (2017)
  • PIB per cápita, US$:10.743 (2017)
  • PIB, mil millones US$:1.577,5 (2017)
  • Índice de GINI:37,7 (2015)
  • Ranking de Facilidad para Hacer Negocios:35 (2017)
Todos los conjuntos de datos:  1 2 3 9 A B C D E F G H I Í J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y А Б В Г Д Е Ж З И К Л М Н О П Р С Т У Ф Ц Ч Ш Э
  • 1
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated..
  • 2
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 agosto, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset contains the main results of the 2014 Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison for the 47 countries that participated in the 2014 round of the Eurostat-OECD Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) Programme. The dataset is organised in 23 tables which show results both in US dollars and OECD as reference (Table 1.1 to Table 1.12) and in euros and European Union as reference (Table 2.1 to Table 2.11) calculated with the EKS method. The tables contain the following information: Table 1.1 to 1.12 The dollar serves as numeraire and the OECD as reference country (except for Table 1.12 where the United States are the reference country). Table 1.1 and Table 1.2 present the data on which the following ten tables are based. • Table 1.1 gives nominal expenditure in national currency of the participating countries. • Table 1.2 presents PPPs (OECD=1.00) that have been calculated for the participating countries using the price and expenditure data collected during the 2014 round. The PPPs were obtained by the EKS method of calculation and aggregation. • Table 1.3 shows nominal expenditure of Table 1.1 converted to US dollars. Exchange rates do not reflect the relative purchasing power of different currencies and the converted expenditure is still expressed at national prices. As such, it remains nominal measures, the spatial equivalent of a time series of GDP for a single country at current prices. Hence, they are called “nominal expenditure”. The nominal expenditure in the table reflects both differences in the quantities of goods and services purchased in the countries and differences in the price levels of the countries. • Table 1.4 gives nominal expenditure of Table 1.3 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyear population data. • Table 1.5 and Table 1.6 present the nominal expenditure from Table 1.3 and the nominal expenditure per head from Table 1.4 as indices with OECD=100. • Table 1.7 shows real expenditure converted to US dollar using the PPPs from Table 1.2. PPPs equalise the purchasing power of different currencies during the process of conversion and the converted expenditures are expressed at international prices (that is at the same price level). As such, they are real measures, the spatial equivalent of a time series of GDP for a single country at constant prices. Hence, they are called “real expenditures”. The real final expenditures in the table reflect only differences in the volumes of goods and services purchased in the countries. • Table 1.8 gives the real expenditure of Table 1.7 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyear population data. Again, the real expenditures per head in this table are not additive nor are they subject to the Gerschenkron effect. • Table 1.9 and Table 1.10 present the real expenditure on GDP from Table 1.7 and the real final expenditure per head on GDP from Table 1.8 as indices with OECD=100. • Table 1.11 gives the price levels which are computed as ratios of the PPPs in Table 1.2 to the exchange rates and are expressed as indices with OECD=100. For a given aggregate, they indicate the number of units of the common currency needed to buy the same volume of the  aggregate in each country. Price levels that exceed 100 indicate that the level of prices in that country and for that analytical category is higher than the average price level for the OECD. • Table 1.12 present PPPs as in Table 1.2 (see description above) but with the United States as reference country (US=1.00). Table 2.1 to 2.11 The euro serves as numeraire and the European Union as reference country. Table 2.1 and Table 2.2 present the data on which the following nine tables are based. Table 2.1 to 2.11 contain the same information as Table 1.1 to 1.11 with a different basis. For explanation on the contents, please see description above.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Deloitte
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Investment Company Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Investment Company Fact Book, 2018
  • 3
    • octubre 2016
      Fuente: Philipps-University of Marburg, Empirical Institutional Economics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index evaluates governmental anti-trafficking efforts in the three main policy dimensions (3Ps), based on the requirements prescribed by the United Nations Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons, especially Women and Children (2000).   The three main policy dimensions (3Ps) are:Prosecution of perpetrators of human traffickingPrevention of human traffickingProtection of the victims of human trafficking Each of the 3P areas is evaluated on a 5-point scale and each index is aggregated to the overall 3P Anti-trafficking Index as the  sum (score 3-15).Prosecution Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Prevention Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)Protection Index Score: 1 (no compliance) - 5 (full compliance)3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index Score: 3 (no compliance for any of the three areas) - 15 (full compliance for all of the three areas) The 3P Anti-trafficking Policy Index is available for each country and each year and currently includes up to 189 countries for the preiod from 2000 to 2015.
  • 9
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated.. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to the new version of the annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
  • A
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Not applicable
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Chapter C includes indicators that are a mixture of outcome indicators, policy levers and context indicators. Internationalisation of education and progression rates are, for instance, outcome measures to the extent that they indicate the results of policies and practices at the classroom, school and system levels. But they can also provide contexts for establishing policy by identifying areas where policy intervention is necessary, for example, to address issues of inequity.
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      To view the original national data please open the questionnaires. Source: Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO Questionnaire on Pan-European Indicators for Sustainable Forest Management. Country: Russian Federation The source of the data of Russian Federation is the National Report for the Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO reporting on quantitative pan-European indicators 2011.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country: Canada ''Passive level crossing'' refers to passive warnings, private crossings and farm crossings. ''Automatic active level crossings with user-side warning'' refers to flashing lights and bells. ''Automatic active level crossings with user-side protection'' refers to gates and other automated warnings.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organisations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The annual Eurostat's collection on statistics on acquisitions of citizenship is structured as follows:   Data Collection Info & Legislation UNIDEMO Unified Demographic The most extended annual collection on demography and migration, collecting data at national and regional level for population, births, deaths, immigrants, emigrants, acquisition and loss of citizenship, marriages and divorces by a large number of breakdowns. (Art. 3 of the Regulation (EU) No 1260/2013 and Art. 3 of the Regulation (EC) No 862/2007)   The annual demography data collections aim at collecting from the National Statistical Institutes both mandatory data and voluntary data. The mandatory data are those defined by the legislation listed on "6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements". The demographic data collected on voluntary basis depend on the availability and on the quality of information available in the National Statistical Institutes. For more specific information on mandatory/voluntary data collection see 6.1. Institutional Mandate - legal acts and other agreements.   The following data on acquisition and loss of citizenship are collected:Acquisitions of  citizenship by age, sex and former citizenshipLoss of citizenship by sex and new citizenship   Naturalisation rates: based on the different breakdowns of data on acquisition of citizenship and migrant population received, Eurostat produces the following:Statistics available in migr_acqs:                  a.   share of foreign citizens who have acquired citizenship                  b.   share of EU citizens who have acquired citizenship                  c.   share of  non-EU citizens who have acquired citizenship
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 05 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2016.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat, UN Statistics Division Demographic Yearbook, WHO European health for all database and UNICEF TransMONEE) official sources. Definition: Adolescent fertility covers live births to women aged 15-19. A live birth is the complete expulsion or extraction from its mother of a product of conception, irrespective of the duration of pregnancy, which after such separation breathes or shows any other evidence of life such as beating of the heart, pulsation of the umbilical cord or definite movement of voluntary muscles, whether or not the umbilical cord has been cut or the placenta is attached. The adolescent fertility rate is the number of live births to women aged 15-19 per 1000 women aged 15-19. General note: Data on live births come from registers, unless otherwise specified. The adolescent fertility rate is computed by UNECE secretariat. .. - data not available Country: Albania Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Armenia Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Azerbaijan Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Belarus Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina 1995 : data refer to 1996. Country: Canada Data include Canadian residents temporarily in the United States, but exclude United States residents temporarily in Canada. Country: Cyprus Data cover only the area controlled by the Republic of Cyprus. Country: Estonia Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Finland Data include nationals temporarily outside the country. Country: Georgia Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. From 1995 : data do not cover Abkhazia and South Ossetia (Tshinvali). 1980-2003 : data refer to age group 15-20. Country: Germany 1980-1990 : data cover only West Germany (Federal Republic of Germany). From 1995 : data refer to reunified Germany, i.e. include the ex-German Democratic Republic (East Germany). Country: Ireland Data are tabulated by date of registration (rather than occurrence) and refer to births registered within one year of occurrence. 2005-2006 : provisional data. Country: Israel Data cover East Jerusalem and Israeli residents in certain other territories under occupation by Israeli military forces since June 1967. 1980 : data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Kazakhstan Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Kyrgyzstan 1980-2003 : data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. Country: Latvia Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Malta Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Netherlands Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Norway Age classification is based on year of birth of mother rather than the exact age of mother at birth of child. Country: Poland 1980 : data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Portugal Data refer to resident mothers. Country: Russian Federation Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Data are tabulated by date of registration (rather than occurrence). Country: Turkey 1980-2000: data source is population censuses. From 2001: data are from administrative source. Country: Turkmenistan Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. Data refer to age group 0-19. Country: Ukraine Data do not cover infants born alive with less than 28 weeks gestation, less than 1000 grams in weight and 35 centimeters in length, who die within seven days of birth. 2000 : data refer to 1998. 1990 : data refer to age group 0-19. Country: United Kingdom Data are tabulated by date of occurrence for England and Wales and by date of registration for Northern Ireland and Scotland. Country: United States 2000 : data refer to 1999. Country: Uzbekistan Data refer to age group 18-19.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      To view the original national data please open the questionnaires. Source: Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO Questionnaire on Pan-European Indicators for Sustainable Forest Management. Country: Russian Federation The source of the data of Russian Federation is the National Report for the Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO reporting on quantitative pan-European indicators 2011.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Ministry of Tourism, Government of India
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 abril, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset provides data for foreign tourist arrivals distributed by age  group.
    • julio 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Denis Chernyshev
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Source - CBS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Source - IGS Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Agricultural Market Information System
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Source - PSD Notes: Financial Year 2016/17, 2017/18, 2018/19 is taken as 2017, 2018, 2019
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 julio, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2015
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Livestock Patterns domain of the FAOSTAT Agri-Environmental Indicators contains data on livestock numbers, shares of major livestock species and livestock densities in the agricultural area. Values are calculated using Livestock Units (LSU), which facilitate aggregating information for different livestock types. Data are available by country, with global coverage, for the period 1961–2014. This methodology applies the LSU coefficients reported in the "Guidelines for the preparation of livestock sector reviews" (FAO, 2011). From this publication, LSU coefficients are computed by livestock type and by country. The reference unit used for the calculation of livestock units (=1 LSU) is the grazing equivalent of one adult dairy cow producing 3000 kg of milk annually, fed without additional concentrated foodstuffs. FAOSTAT agri-environmental indicators on livestock patterns closely follow the structure of the indicators in EUROSTAT.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • mayo 2013
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Akamai
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The “ALFS Summary tables” dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil, Columbia and Russian Federation and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro area, European Union and OECD-Total). Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100. This dataset contains estimates from the OECD Secretariat for the latest years when countries did not provide data. These estimates are necessary to compile aggregated statistics for the geographical areas for a complete span of time. Since 2003, employment data by sector for the United States are compiled following the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS); therefore they are not strictly comparable with other countries’ data. Euro area and European Union data were extracted from Eurostat (LFS Series, Detailed annual survey results in New Cronos). Euro area refer to Euro area with 17 countries (geo = ea17). European Union refers to European Union with 27 countries (geo = eu27).
    • junio 2013
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: All The Ginis Dataset Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/all-ginis-dataset License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • febrero 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      To view the original national data please open the questionnaires. Source: Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO Questionnaire on Pan-European Indicators for Sustainable Forest Management. Country: Russian Federation The source of the data of Russian Federation is the National Report for the Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO reporting on quantitative pan-European indicators 2011.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The dataset includes a detailed breakdown of Investment funds, Insurance companies and Pension funds, and Other forms of institutional savings, as institutional sectors. This finer breakdown by type of investors has been established with reference to the System of National Accounts (SNA), when possible. Within Investment funds, one distinguishes Open-end companies, further broken down into Money market funds and Other mutual funds, and Closed-end companies, of which Real estate funds. Within Insurance companies and pension funds one distinguishes Insurance companies, further broken down into Life insurance companies and Non-life insurance companies, and Autonomous pension funds. Financial assets included correspond to the assets requested in the previous database on Institutional Investors, i.e. Currency and deposits, Securities other than shares, Loans, Shares and other equities and Other financial assets. Moreover, Total non-financial assets are also included. While the sub-classification of the above financial assets corresponds to SNA93, a further breakdown between assets issued by residents and assets issued by non-residents is reported.
    • octubre 2010
      Fuente: Japan Apparel Technology and Research Association
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Japan Apparel Industrial Association
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the program is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • enero 2014
      Fuente: World Resources Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area. Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin. Citation: Gassert, F., P. Reig, T. Luo, and A. Maddocks. 2013. “Aqueduct country and river basin rankings: a weighted aggregation of spatially distinct hydrological indicators.” Working paper. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute, November 2013. Available online at http://wri.org/publication/aqueduct-country-river-basin-rankings.
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      To view the original national data please open the questionnaires. Source: Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO Questionnaire on Pan-European Indicators for Sustainable Forest Management. Country: Russian Federation The source of the data of Russian Federation is the National Report for the Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO reporting on quantitative pan-European indicators 2011.
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Information from the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI), https://www.sipri.org/databases/armstransfers'   The SIPRI Arms Transfers Database contains information on all transfers of major conventional weapons from 1950 to the most recent full calendar year. It is a unique resource for researchers, policy-makers and analysts, the media and civil society interested in monitoring and measuring the international flow of major conventional arms. For more information, see http://www.sipri.org/databases/armstransfers/sources-and-methods/
    • octubre 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_occ_arnrmw National data Monthly and annual data on arrivals, nights spent and occupancy rates at tourist accommodation establishments. Regional data Annual arrivals, nights spent at tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica y por ocupación, utilizando las versiones más recientes disponibles de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU) y la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja. La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU) y se presentan para una serie de categorías selectas al nivel de 2 dígitos de la clasificación. La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO) y se presentan para categorías al nivel de 2 dígitos de la clasificación. La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO) y se presentan para una serie de categorías selectas al nivel de 2 dígitos de la clasificación. La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona. Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos están desagregados por horas semanales efectivamente trabajadas, en términos del promedio de horas de trabajo por semana, y reflejando el total de horas trabajadas en todos los puestos de trabajo de las personas ocupadas y según todos los tipos de ordenamiento del tiempo de trabajo (por ejemplo a tiempo completo y a tiempo parcial). Las horas efectivamente trabajadas medidas incluyen (a) las «horas directas» o el tiempo dedicado al desempeño de las tareas y obligaciones de un trabajo; (b) las «horas conexas» o el tiempo dedicado a mantener, facilitar o intensificar las actividades productivas; (c) los «tiempos muertos» o el tiempo en el que una persona en un trabajo no puede trabajar debido a averías de la maquinaria o a la interrupción de los procesos de trabajo, a accidentes, a la falta de insumos o a la interrupción del suministro eléctrico o del acceso a Internet ; y (d) el «tiempo de descanso» o los períodos de corta duración dedicados al reposo, la higiene o el refrigerio, por ejemplo, para beber té o café o para orar, que suelen practicarse en virtud de la costumbre o de disposiciones contractuales, con arreglo a las normas establecidas y/o a las circunstancias nacionales. De las horas efectivamente trabajadas queda excluido el tiempo no trabajado, a saber: a) las vacaciones anuales, los días feriados, las licencias por enfermedad, las licencias parentales, las licencias de maternidad y de paternidad, y otras ausencias o licencias por motivos personales o familiares o por cumplimiento de deberes cívicos ; b) el tiempo de trayecto entre el trabajo y el hogar cuando en dicho trayecto no se realizan actividades productivas para el trabajo; en el caso de un puesto de trabajo salariado, dicho tiempo se excluye incluso si es remunerado por el empleador ; c) el tiempo dedicado a ciertas actividades educativas ; en el caso de un puesto de trabajo salariado, dicho tiempo se excluye incluso cuando las actividades son autorizadas, remuneradas o impartidas por el empleador ; d) las interrupciones prolongadas, distintas de los períodos de descanso breves, durante las cuales no se lleva a cabo actividad productiva alguna (como las pausas para la comida, o los períodos normales de descanso durante viajes largos); en el caso de un puesto de trabajo salariado, dichas interrupciones se excluyen incluso si son remuneradas por el empleador.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los puestos de trabajo asalariados son aquellos puestos de trabajo en los que los titulares tienen contratos de trabajo por los que reciben una remuneración básica que no depende directamente de los ingresos de la unidad para la que trabajan. Los datos se presentan por sector institucional, lo que implica una desagregación entre sector público y privado. La ocupación en el sector público comprende la ocupación en el sector del gobierno y en empresas y compañías del Estado residentes y que operan a nivel central, estatal (o regional) o local del gobierno. Esto abarca a todas las personas directamente empleadas por estas instituciones, independientemente del tipo de contrato de trabajo. La ocupación en el sector privado se refiere a la ocupación en todas las unidades residentes operadas por empresas privadas, es decir, excluye a las empresas operadas o controladas por el sector del gobierno.
    • octubre 2014
      Fuente: LMC Automotive
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Automative Industry, 2014
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The concept used is the total number of hours worked over the year divided by the average number of people in employment. The data are intended for comparisons of trends over time; they are unsuitable for comparisons of the level of average annual hours of work for a given year, because of differences in their sources. Part-time workers are covered as well as full-time workers. The series on annual hours actually worked per person in total employment presented in this table for all 34 OECD countries are consistent with the series retained for the calculation of productivity measures in the OECD Productivity database (www.oecd.org/statistics/productivity/compendium). However, there may be some differences for some countries given that the main purpose of the latter database is to report data series on labour input (i.e. total hours worked) and also because the updating of databases occur at different moments of the year. Hours Hours actually worked per person in employment are according to National Accounts concepts for 18 countries: Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Korea, the Netherlands, Norway, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and Turkey. OECD estimates for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Portugal for annual hours worked are based on the European Labour Force Survey, as are estimates for dependent employment only for Austria, Estonia, Greece, the Slovak Republic and Slovenia. The table includes labour-force-survey-based estimates for the Russian Federation.countries: For further details and country specfic notes see: www.oecd.org/employment/outlook and www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ANNUAL-HOURS-WORKED.pdf
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset presents the average number of students in a class by type of institution.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The average effective age of retirement is calculated as a weighted average of (net) withdrawals from the labour market at different ages over a 5-year period for workers initially aged 40 and over. In order to abstract from compositional effects in the age structure of the population, labour force withdrawals are estimated based on changes in labour force participation rates rather than labour force levels. These changes are calculated for each (synthetic) cohort divided into 5-year age groups. The estimates shown in red are less reliable as they have been derived from interpolations of census data rather than from annual labour force surveys. The estimates for women in Turkey are based on 3-yearly moving averages of participation rates for each 5-year age group. OECD estimates based on the results of national labour force surveys, the European Union Labour Force Survey and, for earlier years in some countries, national censuses.
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents data on average monthly earnings converted to a common currency. Data in U.S. dollars are converted from local currency using exchange rates, while data in constant 2011 U.S. dollars are converted using 2011 purchasing power parities (PPPs)   Dataset splitted into below datasets:-   Local Currency (Total) - https://knoema.com/EAR_TEAR_NOC_NB   Local Currency (Men) - https://knoema.com/EAR_MEAR_NOC_NB   Local Currency (Women) - https://knoema.com/EAR_FEAR_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Total) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPT_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Men) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPM_NOC_NB   Constant 2011 PPP $ (Women) - https://knoema.com/EAR_4MPW_NOC_NB
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
  • B
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Bahrain Open Data Portal
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.  This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Denmark
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Balance of payment, quarterly by items, receipts/expenditure, country and time
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      BOPSY Global Tables aggregate country data by major balance of payments components and by international investment position (IIP) data for (i) Net IIP and (ii) Total Assets and Total Liabilities. Data for countries, country groups, and the world are provided. In addition to data reported by countries as shown in BOPSY, balance of payments data are provided for international organizations in BOPSY Global Tables. The BOPSY Global Tables include, in addition to reported data, data derived in a few instances indirectly from published sources.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • junio 2015
      Fuente: Barro-Lee
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee  
    • agosto 2015
      Fuente: Barro-Lee
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 octubre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Barro-Lee
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: PoachingFacts.com
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Bertelsmann Stiftung
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 abril, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5. On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’ Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status. Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’ Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Better Life Index aims to involve citizens in the debate on measuring the well-being of societies, and to empower them to become more informed and engaged in the policy-making process that shapes all our lives. Each of the 11 topics of the Index is currently based on one to three indicators. Within each topic, the indicators are averaged with equal weights. The indicators have been chosen on the basis of a number of statistical criteria such as relevance (face-validity, depth, policy relevance) and data quality (predictive validity, coverage, timeliness, cross-country comparability etc.) and in consultation with OECD member countries. These indicators are good measures of the concepts of well-being, in particular in the context of a country comparative exercise. Other indicators will gradually be added to each topic.
    • abril 2014
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 febrero, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations COMTRADE
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Both ethanol and biodiesel are classified under the HS-6 digit categories that also contain other products. Biodiesel is an industrial product (as it is produced through a chemical process called transesterification) and classified under HS code 382490 - products, preparations and residual products of the chemical or allied industries not elsewhere specified. Ethanol is classified as an agriculture product under HS code 2207, which covers un-denatured (HS 2207 10) and denatured alcohol (HS 2207 20).
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.
    • abril 2017
      Fuente: Bloom Consulting
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 mayo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD. In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Energy Outlook explores the forces shaping the global energy transition out to 2040 and the key uncertainties surrounding that transition. The Outlook considers a number of different scenarios. These scenarios are not predictions of what is likely to happen or what BP would like to happen. Rather, they explore the possible implications of different judgments and assumptions by considering a series of “what if” experiments. The scenarios consider only a tiny sub-set of the uncertainty surrounding energy markets out to 2040; they do not provide a comprehensive description of all possible future outcomes. For ease of explanation, much of the Outlook is described with reference to the ‘Evolving Transition’ scenario. But that does not imply that the probability of this scenario is higher than the others. Indeed, the multitude of uncertainties means the probability of any one of these scenarios materializing exactly as described is negligible. The Energy Outlook is produced to aid BP’s analysis and decision-making, and is published as a contribution to the wider debate. But the Outlook is only one source among many when considering the future of global energy markets. BP considers the scenarios in the Outlook, together with a range of other analysis and information, when forming its long-term strategy.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: BP
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: Multiple Sources
      Subido por: Denis Chernyshev
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Sources: IMF (Regional Economic Reports, January 2015 and November 2015), http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/reo/reorepts.aspx?ddlYear=-1&ddlRegions=9 The Wall Street Journal, http://graphics.wsj.com/lists/opec-meeting  
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La brecha salarial de género se calcula como la diferencia entre las ganancias promedio de los hombres y las ganancias promedio de las mujeres expresada en porcentaje de las ganancias promedio de los hombres.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La brecha salarial de género es sin ajustar y se calcula como la diferencia entre las ganancias promedio de los hombres y las ganancias promedio de las mujeres, expresada en porcentaje de las ganancias promedio de los hombres. Este indicador refleja la diferencia relativa entre las ganancias de los hombres y las de las mujeres. Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • febrero 2017
      Fuente: National Institute of Statistics, Cameroon
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://cameroon.opendataforafrica.org/gfuiizc Breeding and Fishing, 2013
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Times Higher Education
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Times Higher Education Emerging Economies University Rankings 2018 includes only institutions in countries classified by the FTSE as “advanced emerging”, “secondary emerging” or “frontier”. its fifth year, the 2018 ranking parts with the ‘BRICS’ acronym in the title to recognise the strength and potential of a diverse range of emerging economies. The rankings use the same 13 performance indicators as the THE World University Rankings to judge institutions on their teaching, research, knowledge transfer and international outlook. But they are recalibrated to reflect the development priorities of universities in emerging economies. The performance indicators are grouped into five areas: 1. Teaching (the learning environment) 2. Research (volume, income and reputation) 3. Citations (research influence) 4. International outlook (staff, students and research) 5. Industry income (knowledge transfer) Note: The ranking of institutions, after 200, have been given in range like 201-250 and 251-300. The rank has been taken as 201, 202, 203……..250 as the same order as they appear in the source.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country: Belgium For vehicle kilometres: National transport = all kms driven in Belgium including the kms from international journeys driven in Belgium, International transport = all the kms driven outside Belgium, Regular national transport = Public Transport and school transport by public transport operators. For total passengers: Touring cars and coaches (occasional services) only, Regular national transport refers to public transport only. Country: Croatia Passenger kilometres refers to interurban transport only. Country: Hungary Number of passenger and vehicle kilometres refer to data from enterprises with more than 49 employees. Country: Ireland Refers to public transport only Country: Latvia Passenger kilometres refers to regular transport only. Country: Norway Urban transport data refer to the 13 largest city-areas only. Country: Poland International transport outside country includes only enterprises with more than 9 employees. Passenger kilometres includes only enterprises with more than 9 employees and does not include urban transport. Country: Portugal Refers to mainland only. Refers to public transport. Country: Slovenia Passenger kilometres refer to public transport. Passenger kilometres, international transport refer to domestic operators only. Country: United States Number of passengers, national transport does not include intercity or school bus transportation. Vehicle kilometres refers to all bus travel in the United States, not only vehicles registered in the country.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los buscadores desalentados comprenden a todas las personas en edad de trabajar que durante un período de referencia especificado se encontraban sin trabajo y corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, pero no buscaron un puesto de trabajo recientemente por razones específicas (por ejemplo porque pensaban que no había empleos disponibles, que no había ningún empleo para el que pudieran calificar, o ya habían perdido la esperanza de encontrar empleo).
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los buscadores desalentados comprenden a todas las personas en edad de trabajar que durante un período de referencia especificado se encontraban sin trabajo y corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, pero no buscaron un puesto de trabajo recientemente por razones específicas (por ejemplo porque pensaban que no había empleos disponibles, que no había ningún empleo para el que pudieran calificar, o ya habían perdido la esperanza de encontrar empleo). La población en edad de trabajar suele definirse como todas aquellas personas de 15 o más años de edad, pero esto puede variar según los países. Ciertos países, además de usar un límite de edad mínima, aplican también un límite de edad máxima.
    • noviembre 2011
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2011
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • noviembre 2011
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB), Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_sti_pers2 Data description 'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in this view of “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria)). The two tables that follow, “BERD by industry and source of funds” and “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 09 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by source of funds (business enterprise, government, other national funds, and funds from abroad). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and source of funds” and the one that follows, “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 12 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2000 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by type of costs (current expenditure, capital expenditure). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and type of costs” and the preceding one “BERD by industry and source of funds” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mayo 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 21 junio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table presents research and development (R&D) statistics on personnel in the business enterprise sector. Measured in full-time equivalent are the number of total R&D personnel and researchers in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Jobs Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/jobs License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank Jobs Statistics Over 150 indicators on labor-related topics, covering over 200 economies from 1990 to present.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.   Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators.   The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.   Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
  • C
    • octubre 2017
      Fuente: World Resources Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 06 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data Citation: CAIT Climate Data Explorer. 2017. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute. Available online at: http://cait.wri.org   CAIT data carries a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license   CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Government of Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This dataset is updated with data obtained from Statistics Canada and the U.S. Census Bureau. Current data June 2018. Trade Data is updated on a monthly and annual basis, with revisions in March, April, May, August and November to previous year's data. Trade Data is available on both product and industry-based versions. The product Trade Data is classified by Harmonized System (HS) codes while the industry data is based on North American Industry Classification System(NAICS) classification codes. Source: Statistics Canada and the U.S.Census Bureau
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Canada
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      For the location "Puerto Rico" data is available from 1990.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited: Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016) Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived with Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life Years 1990-2016. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), 2018.   The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for deaths, disability-adjusted life years (DALYs), years lived with disability (YLDs), years of life lost (YLLs), prevalence, and incidence for 29 cancer groups by age and sex for 1990-2016 are available from the GBD Results Tool. Files available in this record are the web tables published in JAMA Oncology in June 2018 in "Global, Regional, and National Cancer Incidence, Mortality, Years of Life Lost, Years Lived With Disability, and Disability-Adjusted Life-years for 29 Cancer Groups, 1990 to 2016."
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      It presents gross capital formation, gross fixed capital formation, changes in inventories and acquisition less disposals of valuables broken down by detailed industries. Gross fixed capital formation is also available broken down by type of assets. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 abril, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2017 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: China Association of Automobile Manufacturers
      Subido por: Shakthi Krishnan
      Acceso el: 13 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      World: Car Sales by Country 2017
    • octubre 2015
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 febrero, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Indicators in the OECD database on Carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions embodied in international trade are derived by combining the 2015 version of OECD's Inter-Country Input-Output (ICIO) Database with International Energy Agency (IEA) statistics on CO2 emissions from fuel combustion. Production-based CO2 emissions are estimated by allocating the IEA CO2 emissions to the 34 target industries in OECD ICIO and, to final demand for fuels, by both residents and non-residents. Consumption-based CO2 emissions are calculated by multiplying the intensities of the production-based emissions (c) with the global Leontief inverse (I-A)(-1) and global final demand matrix (Y) from OECD ICIO, taking the column sums of the resulting matrix and adding residential and private road emissions (FNLC), i.e. direct emissions from final demand: colsum [ diag(c) (I-A)(-1) Y ] + FNLC. The ICIO system includes discrepancies in the trade data (referred to as DISC). Emissions allocated to DISC are made explicit (e.g. in indicator FD_CO2). This ensures that global CO2 production equals global CO2 consumption.
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      To view the original national data please open the questionnaires. Source: Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO Questionnaire on Pan-European Indicators for Sustainable Forest Management. Country: Russian Federation The source of the data of Russian Federation is the National Report for the Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO reporting on quantitative pan-European indicators 2011.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definitions: Inland waterways transport (IWT) : Any movement of goods and/or passengers using an IWT vessel on a given inland waterways network. When an IWT vessel is being carried on another vehicle, only the movement of the carrying vehicle (active mode) is taken into account. National inland waterways transport : Inland waterways transport between two places (a place of loading/embarkment and a place of unloading/disembarkment) located in the same country irrespective of the country in which the IWT vessel is registered. It may involve transit through a second country. International inland waterways transport : Inland waterways transport between two places (a place of loading/embarkment and a place of unloading/disembarkment) located in two different countries. It may involve transit through one or more additional countries. Goods carried by inland waterways : Any goods moved by IWT freight vessel. This includes all packaging and equipment such as containers, swap-bodies or pallets. Tonne-kilometre by inland waterways : Unit of measure of goods transport which represents the transport of one tonne by inland waterways over one kilometre. Goods loaded : Goods placed on an IWT vessel and dispatched by inland waterways. Transshipment from one IWT vessel to another is regarded as loading after unloading. The same applies to changes of pusher tugs or tugs. Goods unloaded : Goods taken of an IWT vessel after transport by inland waterways. Transshipment from one IWT vessel to another is regarded as unloading before re-loading. The same applies to changes of pusher tugs or tugs. International - loaded Goods having left the country by inland waterways (other than goods in transit by inland waterways throughout) : Goods which, having been loaded on an IWT vessel in the country, left the country by inland waterways and were unloaded in another country. International - unloaded Goods having entered the country by inland waterways (other than goods in transit by inland waterways throughout) : Goods which, having been loaded on an IWT vessel in another country, entered the country by inland waterways and were unloaded there. Goods in transit by inland waterways throughout : Goods which entered the country by inland waterways and left the country by inland waterways at a point different from the point of entry, after having been carried across the country solely by inland waterways in the same IWT freight vessel. Transshipments from one IWT vessel to another and changes of pusher tugs or tugs are regarded as loading/ unloading. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available Country: Bulgaria Push/tow and self-propelled vessels refer to vessel type 1 to 4. Country: Croatia Self-propelled vessels includes transport by seagoing vessels Country: Czechia Push/tow vessels refers to non-self propelled vessels and other vessels. Country: United States 2012 tonne kilometer data does not include imports
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definitions:National rail transport : Rail transport between two places (a place of loading/embarkment and a place of unloading/disembarkment) located in the same country irrespective of the country in which the railway vehicles were registered. It may involve transit through a second country. International rail transport : Rail transport between two places (a place of loading/embarkment and a place of unloading/disembarkment) in two different countries. It may involve transit through one or more additional countries. Goods carried by rail : Any goods moved by rail vehicles. This includes all packaging and equipment, such as containers, swap-bodies or pallets as well as road goods vehicles carried by rail. Tonne-kilometre by rail : Unit of measure of goods transport which represents the transport of one tonne of goods by rail over a distance of one kilometre. Goods loaded : Goods placed on a rail vehicle and dispatched by rail. Unlike in road and inland waterway transport, transshipments from one rail vehicle to another and change of tractive vehicle are not regarded as loading after unloading. Goods unloaded : Goods taken off a rail vehicle after transport by rail. Unlike in road and inland waterway transport, transshipments from one rail vehicle to another and change of tractive vehicle are not regarded as unloading before reloading. International - loaded Goods having left the country by rail (other than goods in transit by rail throughout) : Goods loaded on a reporting railway network and transported by rail to be unloaded in a foreign country. Wagons loaded on a railway network and carried by ferry to a foreign network are included. International - unloaded Goods having entered the country by rail (other than goods in transit by rail throughout) : Goods loaded on a foreign railway network and transported by rail on the reporting railway network for unloading in the country of this reporting network. Wagons loaded on a foreign railway network and carried by ferry to the reporting network are included. Goods in transit by rail throughout : Goods loaded on a foreign railway network for a destination on a foreign railway network which are transported on the reporting railway network. Wagons entering and/or leaving the reporting network by ferry are included. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available Country: Croatia Until 2012 international transport includes goods partly transported by railway and partly by another mode of transport. Since 2013 this kind of goods have been included in national transport. Country: Estonia ''Goods in transit by rail'' includes transition between rail and maritime transport in ports. Country: Slovenia Prior to 2004 data are based on transport of goods as to origin and destination. From 2004 on data are based on journeys, which means that the transport of goods is observed as to the place of loading and the place of unloading to/from a rail vehicle Country: Spain Refers to Renfe and ADIF only Country: Sweden ''Locomotives'' includes railcars. Country: United States Includes only Class I freight railroads.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Transport Division Database. Definitions: Oil pipeline transport : Any movement of crude or refined liquid petroleum products in a given oil pipeline network. National oil pipeline transport : Oil pipeline transport between two places (a pumping-in place and a pumping-out place) located in the same country or in that part of the seabed allocated to it. It may involve transit through a second country. International oil pipeline transport : Oil pipeline transport between two places (a pumping-in place and a pumping-out place) located in two different countries or on those parts of the seabed allocated to them. It may involve transit through one or more additional countries. Goods transported by oil pipeline : Any crude or refined liquid petroleum products moved by oil pipelines. Tonne-kilometre by oil pipeline : Unit of measure of transport which represents transport of one tonne of goods by oil pipeline over one kilometre. International - loaded Goods having left the country by oil pipeline ( other than goods in transit by oil pipeline throughout ) : Goods which, having been pumped into an oil pipeline in the country or that part of the seabed allocated to it, left the country by oil pipeline and were pumped out in another country. International - unloaded Goods having entered the country by oil pipeline (other than goods in transit by oil pipeline throughout) : Goods which, having been pumped into an oil pipeline in another country or that part of the seabed allocated to it, entered the country by oil pipeline and were pumped out there. Goods in transit by oil pipeline throughout : Goods which entered the country by oil pipeline and left the country by oil pipeline at a point different from the point of entry, after having been transported across the country solely by oil pipeline. Goods which entered and/or left the country in question by vessels after pumping into/pumping out of an oil pipeline at the frontier are included. Please note that country footnotes are not always in alphabetical order. .. - data not available Country: Serbia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Canada Data reported in cubic meters. Country: Turkey Data includes only crude petroleum transport of Petroleum Pipeline Corporation and Turkish Petroleum Corporation (TPAO)
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo. Una lesión profesional fatal resulta de un accidente de trabajo, donde la muerte ocurra dentro de un año desde el día del accidente. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo. Una lesión profesional fatal resulta de un accidente de trabajo, donde la muerte ocurra dentro de un año desde el día del accidente.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional no fatal es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo que no resulta en la muerte de la persona. Una lesión profesional no fatal implica una cierta pérdida de tiempo de trabajo. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Un caso de lesión profesional no fatal es el caso de un trabajador que sufre una lesión profesional causada por un accidente de trabajo que no resulta en la muerte de la persona. Una lesión profesional no fatal implica una cierta pérdida de tiempo de trabajo.
    • enero 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 enero, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • noviembre 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 diciembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • noviembre 2015
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • diciembre 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 enero, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:fish_ca_00 Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). The concepts and definitions used in the compilation of catch statistics are those laid down by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP), of which Eurostat is one of the member organizations. These concepts and definitions have been in force since the late 1950's and are applied uniformly worldwide by the CWP and by the national authorities reporting to its member organizations. Therefore, though the quality of the data varies from country to country (being in many cases a function of the general characteristics of the national fishing industry), there is a high degree of comparability between countries and over time.  Nominal catch  The data refer to the catch of freshwater, brackish water and marine species of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals and plants, killed, caught, trapped or collected for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. In view of the importance of recreational fishing regarding some stocks and for certain countries, as well as the difficulty of distinguishing between recreational and subsistence fishing, the data should include the catches from recreational fisheries as well. However, it is recognised that certain countries are unable to supply the data for recreational fisheries. The catches are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. As such they exclude all quantities caught but not landed (for example: discarded fish, fish consumed on board). The unit used is generally the metric ton. Data for marine mammals (e.g. whales) and certain other animals (e.g. crocodiles) are expressed in the number caught. The nominal catch data are normally derived from the landed quantities of the fishery products. For this purpose, the landed weight is converted to the live weight equivalent (nominal catch) by the application of factors. Species: All species for which catches are reported to international organizations are included in the Eurostat's database. They are identified by the internationally assigned three letter identifier (e.g. COD = Atlantic cod, PLE = European plaice) according to the FAO ASFIS (Aquatic Sciences and Fishery Information System) list of Species for Fishery Statistics Purposes. Fishing areas/regions: The catches are sub-divided by the area in which they occur. The methodologies vary from country to country depending on the nature of their fishing industries. Basic documentation used in collecting the data from EU fisheries are fishing log-books, landings declarations and sales notes used in the management of catch quota and market management systems within the Common Fisheries Policy. The methodologies used by EEA member countries have been described in the Eurostat publication "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fish catch and landing statistics in member countries of the European Economic Area". Those used by the New Member States are described in a working document "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fishery statistics in European Union Candidate Countries"
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Global Burden of Disease Study 2017 (GBD 2017), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories, and at the subnational level for a subset of countries.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national official sources. Definition:The Central Bank is the institution which is charged with regulating the amount of the money supply in a country, the availability and cost of credit, and the foreign exchange value of its currency. The boards of Central Banks are the decision making bodies. General note: Data on any fixed date of the year. .. - data not available Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Data refer to: Governor and members of Governing Board. Country: Croatia Additional information (2013): Since 2013, Central Bank has 8 (instead of previously 14) board members. Country: Cyprus Reference period (2011): data refer to 2012. Country: Cyprus Government controlled area only. Country: Czechia Reference period (2008): Data refer to June - July. Country: Georgia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali Region. Country: Germany Additional information (1990): The structure of the Deutsche Bundesbank and the maximum number of members of the decision making body was reorganized in 1992. Country: Germany Additional information (2002): The structure of the Deutsche Bundesbank and the maximum number of members of the decision making body was reorganized in 2002. Country: Hungary Change in definition (1995 onward): Data refer to President and deputy presidents. Country: Iceland Change in definition (1980 onward): Data refer to Board of governors. Country: Kazakhstan 1990: data refer to 1993. Country: Latvia Additional information (1995 - 2013): The Bank of Latvia is administered by the Council of the Bank and the Board of the Bank. Country: Latvia Change in definition (1995 - 2013): Data refer to the Council of the Bank. Country: Portugal Banco de Portugal is included. Country: Slovakia 2015 data refer to 20 November 2015. Country: Sweden Change in nomenclature from ISCO-88 to ISCO-08 between 2013 and 2014. Country: Switzerland Reference period: as of 1st January
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (UNICEF TransMONEE) official sources. Definition: Child-care refers to formal child-care arrangements, public or private, such as group care in child-care centres (creche) or registered childminders based in their own homes looking after two or more children. Child-care refers to children at youngest age (typically children aged under 3); pre-primary schools are excluded. Enrolment in child-care centres: Number of children aged under 3 enrolled in child-care centres per 100 children of the same age group. Data normally refer to beginning of the school-year. Availability of places in child-care centres: Ratio of the number of places available for children aged under 3 in child-care centres per 100 children of the same age group. Data refer to beginning of the school-year. General note: depending on the organization of education and child-care centers in countries, data may be available for age groups different from under 3 years. Such differences and other deviations from the above definitions are specified in country notes. .. - data not available Country: Austria Change in definition (1995 - 2012): Data include centre-based institutions and exclude home-based arrangements. Country: Austria Reference period (1995 - 2012): Age calculation as of 31 August, the beginning of school year. Country: Belgium Change in definition (1990 - 2012): Data refer to children aged 0-2.5 years Country: Belgium Reference period (2008 - 2009): Data refer to children enrolled on October 2008 Country: Belgium Territorial change (1990 - 2012): Data cover only the French community of Belgium Country: Bulgaria Reference period (1980 - 2012): Data refer to end of calendar year. E.g. 1980-1981 refers to 31.12.1980. Country: Croatia Additional information (2011 - 2012): Census 2011 data are used for children of the corresponding age. Country: Croatia Data refers to children aged 6 months to 2 years. Country: Cyprus Data refer to the Government controlled area only. Country: Cyprus Data only include enrolmemts in child care centres, exclude child care provided by registered childminders. Country: Denmark Reference period (2004): As of 2004, reference month changed from March to September. Country: Estonia Change in definition (1995 - 2007): Data refer to children aged 1?2 years. Country: Estonia Change in definition (2008 onward): Data refer to children aged 0-2 years. Country: Estonia Reference period (1995 - 2008): Data refer to middle of the school year, i.e. end of calendar year. Country: Estonia Reference period (2009 onward): Data refer to beginning of school year. Country: Finland Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Data refer to end of calendar year. Country: Finland The data include full- and part-time care in day care centres and families Country: France Data cover only Metropolitan France. Child care refers to child care centers and registered childminders based in their own homes. The data exclude pre-primary school, kindergartens, unregistered childminders and childminders working at home. Available places are here counted regardless of the age of the children actually using them : all of them are theorically available for 0-2 years old but some of them are in practice used for children aged 3 or more. Country: Georgia Change in definition (2008 - 2009): Data cover only child care organizations and refer to december. Country: Georgia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali Region. Country: Germany Break in methodology (1990): Average calculated for Germany Country: Germany Reference period (1990): Data refer to 21.12.1991. Country: Germany Reference period (1995): Data refer to 1994. Country: Germany Reference period (2000): Data on places refer to 31.12.1998. Country: Germany Children in day care are included starting with reference year 2012/2013 according to definition of ISCED Level 010 in ISCED 2011. Country: Hungary Change in definition (1990 - 2007): Data for available places refer to all children enrolled including children aged 3+ years. Data referred only to nurseries, from 2008 day care and child minding are also included. Country: Hungary Reference period (1990 onward): Data refer to 31 May of each year Country: Iceland Change in definition (1990 - 2012): Data refer to children aged 0-2 years in formal child-care arrangements and with registered private child-minders. Country: Israel Data are from registers. Country: Italy Change in definition (1980 - 2003): Data refer to formal child-care arrangements in public centres. Country: Italy Change in definition (2004 - 2012): Data refer to formal child-care arrangements, public or private. Country: Kazakhstan Change in definition (2001 - 2012): Data refer to children aged 0-2 years enrolled in permanent pre-primary organizations functioning at least 10 months per year. Data do not cover other types of existing organizations such as seasonal kindergartens etc. Country: Kyrgyzstan Reference period (1990 - 2012): Data refer to the end of the year. Country: Lithuania Data refer to children aged 1-2 years. Data refer to end of calendar year Country: Moldova, Republic of Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender. Data for indicator ''Places available in child-care centres per 100 children'' refers to 0-6 group of age. Country: Montenegro Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Data refer to children aged 0-2 years enrolled in pre-primary public organizations. Country: Netherlands Data refer to children aged 0-4 years Country: Netherlands 1995-1996 data refer to 1996. 2000-2001 data refer to 2000, 2002-2003 data refer to 2002 etc. Country: Norway Data refer to end of calendar year. i.e. 2000/2001 data refer to December 2000. Country: Poland From 2000 onwards, data concern health care facility: nurseries and nursery wards of nursery schools. Since 2011, the data also apply to children’s club which are a new form of childcare. Country: Poland Reference period (from 2000 onwards): The data in the two-year period refers to the end of the calendar year mentioned in the range as earlier Country: Portugal Data refer to calendar year Country: Portugal Data cover mainland only. Country: Romania Break in methodlogy (2002): From 2002, reference population is the resident population Country: Romania Break in methodology (2010): data refer to formal child-care in public and private sector. Starting 2010 data refer to children aged 0 to less than 3 years. The reference population is the population aged 0-2 years. However in enrolled population also includes children aged 3 years and over. From 2014 data compiled according to ISCED 2011. Country: Romania Change in definition (1990 - 2012): Data refer to formal child-care in public and private sector. Country: Romania Reference period (1990 - 2012): Data refer to calendar year. i.e. data for 2009-2010 refer to 2009. Country: Romania Reference period (2010): Data refer to calendar year. i.e. data for 2009-2010 refer to 2009. Data refer to calendar year. i.e. data for 2010-2011 refer to 2010. Country: Russian Federation Reference period (2000 - 2012): Data are given at the end of the year. Country: Serbia Territorial change (2000 - 2012): The Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia has no available data on the AP Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Sweden Change in definition (1980 - onwards): Data refer to children aged 1-2 years due to longer parental leave which allows most children aged 0-1 years to be with their parents. Country: Sweden Reference period (2000): Before 2000/2001: data as of 31 December. From 2001: data as of 15 December. Country: Switzerland Data refer to children from 0 to less than 4 years. Country: Tajikistan Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Data refer to children aged 0-3 years. Country: Tajikistan Reference period (2006 - 2007): Data refer to end of calendar year Country: Ukraine Reference period (1990 - 2014): Data refer to calendar year. For all years, data refer to children aged 0-2. Country: United Kingdom Change in definition (2010 - 2012): Childcare includes: Day nursery, Playgroup or Preschool, and Childminders. Childminders look after at least one child for more than 2 hours in any day Country: United Kingdom Reference period (2010 - 2012): Figures do not relate to the beginning of the school year but to a term-time reference week. The Survey is not carried out at the same point each year Country: United Kingdom Territorial change (2010 - 2012): Figures relate to England only and not the whole of the UK Country: United States Change in definition (1995 - 2012): Data refer to civilian, non-institutionalized population. Data refer to children enrolled in an organized care facility which includes day care centers, nursery, preschools, Federal Head Start programs, and kindergarten, grade school. Country: United States Reference period (2000): Data refer to 1999.
    • octubre 2014
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      General note on the UNECE MDG Database: The database aims to show the official national estimates of MDG-indicators used for monitoring progress towards the Millennium Development Goals. Data is shown alongside official international estimates of MDG-indicators (as published on the official United Nations site for the MDG Indicators: http://unstats.un.org/unsd/mdg). Besides the international MDG-indicators, other indicators and disaggregates that are relevant for the UNECE-region are included. At present, the tables include data from the latest official MDG-report of each country. Currently, data from official dedicated MDG-websites and previous official national MDG-reports are being added. Additionally, more detailed metadata is being added to the footnotes. Additional indicators might be added if they are used generally across the region. Please note that some indicators are also available in the Gender Statistics Database of UNECE. Figures might differ due to the use of different sources. Definition of the indicators: Explanations on the indicators are listed below. Deviations from the standard definitions provided here are specified in the country-specific footnotes. Indicator Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births Definition: The under-five mortality rate (U5MR) is the probability of a child born in a specified year dying before reaching the age of five if subject to current age-specific mortality rates. Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births Definition: The infant mortality rate (IMR) is the probability of a child born in a specified year dying before reaching the age of one, if subject to current age-specific mortality rates. Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) Definition: The proportion of 1 year-old children immunized against measles is the percentage of children under one year of age who have received at least one dose of measles-containing vaccine. Breast-fed under 6 months (%) Definition: Number of children under the age of 6 months that are breast-fed as a percentage of all children under the age of 6 months. Perinatal mortality rate Definition: Number of stillbirths (or fetal deaths) and deaths in the first week of life (or early neonatal deaths) per 1,000 total births (live and still births). The perinatal period commences at 22 completed weeks (154 days) of gestation and ends seven. This indicator is not monitored in The official United Nations site for the MDG Indicators. Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Albania National Series Reference: 1990 to 1993: MDG Report 2002; 1994 to 1999: MDG Report 2004; 2000: MDG Progress Report 2010; 2001: MDG Report 2004; 2002 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; Definition: 1994 to 1999: Per 1,000 children under the age of five; 2001: Per 1,000 children under the age of five; Note: 2000: NSO: 18.1; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1993: IPH; 1994 to 2001: NSO; 2002 to 2008: Min. of Health; 2009: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 2000: DHS 2000; 2002 to 2008: Administrative data; 2009: DHS 2008-2009; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Albania National Series Reference: 1990 to 1993: MDG Report 2002; 1994 to 1999: MDG Report 2004; 2000: MDG Progress Report 2010; 2001: MDG Report 2004; 2002 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; Note: 2000: NSO: 16.0; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1993: IPH; 1994 to 2001: NSO; 2002 to 2008: Min. of Health; 2009: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 2000: DHS 2000; 2002 to 2008: Administrative data; 2009: DHS 2008-2009; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Albania National Series Reference: 1991 to 2000: MDG Report 2002; 2001: MDG Report 2004; 2002 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; Source in Reference: 1991 to 2000: IPH; 2001: NSO; 2002 to 2009: Min. of Health; Primary Source in Reference: 2002 to 2009: Administrative data; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Armenia National Series Reference: 1990: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 1996: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 1998 to 1999: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 2000 to 2009: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 2010: ArmeniaInfo (http://www.armdevinfo.am/) 2012-05-12; 2011 to 2012: Armenia MDGs Indicators (http://www.armstat.am/) 06/02/2014; Definition: 2010: Per 1,000 children under the age of five; Note: 2001 to 2005: DHS 2005: 30 (2001-2005); 2010: DHS 2010: 16; Reference period: 1998: 1996-2000; Source in Reference: 1996: Min. of Justice; 1998: NSO; 2000 to 2010: Min. of Justice; 2011 to 2012: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 1990: Administrative data; 1998: DHS 2000; 1999: Administrative data; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Armenia National Series Reference: 1988 to 1990: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 1996: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 1998 to 1999: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 2000 to 2009: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 2010: ArmeniaInfo (http://www.armdevinfo.am/) 2012-05-12; 2011 to 2012: Armenia MDGs Indicators (http://www.armstat.am/) 06/02/2014; Note: 2001 to 2005: DHS 2005: 26 (2001-2005); 2010: DHS 2010: 13; Reference period: 1988: 1986-1990; 1998: 1996-2000; Source in Reference: 1988: NSO; 1996: Min. of Justice; 1998: NSO; 2000 to 2010: Min. of Justice; 2011 to 2012: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 1988: DHS 2000; 1990: Administrative data; 1998: DHS 2000; 1999: Administrative data; 2011 to 2012: Administrative data; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Armenia National Series Reference: 1990: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 1996: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 1999: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 2000 to 2003: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 2004: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 2005 to 2006: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 2007 to 2008: MDG Progress Report 2005-2009; 2009: ArmeniaInfo at: http://www.armdevinfo.am/ (accessed: 15 June 2011); 2010: ArmeniaInfo (http://www.armdevinfo.am/) 2012-05-12; 2011 to 2012: Armenia MDGs Indicators (http://www.armstat.am/) 06/02/2014; Definition: 1990 to 2009: Under two-years old; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2009: Min. of Health; 2010: NSO / Min. of Health; 2011 to 2012: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 1990: Administrative data; 1999: Administrative data; 2004: Administrative data; 2007 to 2008: Administrative data; 2011 to 2012: Administrative data; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Azerbaijan National Series Reference: 1990 to 2012: NSO MDG data; Note: 1999: RHS 1996-2000: 88.4; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2012: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Azerbaijan National Series Reference: 1990 to 2012: NSO MDG data; Note: 1999: RHS 1996-2000: 74.4; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2012: NSO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Azerbaijan National Series Reference: 1990 to 2012: NSO MDG data; Note: 2003 to 2012: Combined vaccination against measles, rubella, epidemic parotiditis; 2000: MICS 2000: 9.4 (under 4 months); 2006: DHS 2006: 74.4; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2002: NSO; 2003 to 2012: Min. of Health; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Belarus National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Progress 2005; 2000 to 2009: MDG progress 2010; 2010 to 2011: MDG Report 2012; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Belarus National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Progress 2005; 2000 to 2009: MDG progress 2010; 2010 to 2011: MDG Report 2012; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Belarus National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Progress 2005; 2000 to 2009: MDG progress 2010; 2010 to 2011: MDG Report 2012; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina National Series Reference: 2000 to 2011: MDG Report 2013; Note: 2000: UN Inter-agency Group for Child Mortality Estimation; 2008 to 2011: UN Inter-agency Group for Child Mortality Estimation; Source in Reference: 2000: UN Inter-agency Group for Child Mortality Estimation; 2007: NSO (BHAS); 2008 to 2011: UN Inter-agency Group for Child Mortality Estimation; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina National Series Reference: 2000 to 2012: MDG Report 2013; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2012: NSO (BHAS); Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina National Series Reference: 2000 to 2009: MDG progress report 2010; 2011: MDG Report 2013; Note: 2007 to 2009: Only for the territory of the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina; Reference period: 2011: 2011/12; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2001: FBiH PHI, RS HP Fund, FBiH SI; 2007 to 2009: FBiH Public Health Institute; Primary Source in Reference: 2007 to 2009: Administrative data; 2011: MICS 2011-12; Indicator: Breast-fed under 6 months (%) , Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina National Series Reference: 2000 to 2006: MDG progress report 2010; 2011: MDG Report 2013; Reference period: 2011: 2011/12; Source in Reference: 2000: FBiH PHI, RS HP Fund, FBiH SI; Primary Source in Reference: 2006: MICS 2006; 2011: MICS 2011-12; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Bulgaria National Series Reference: 2001 to 2007: MDG report 2010; Source in Reference: 2001 to 2007: National Health Information Center / NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Bulgaria National Series Reference: 2001 to 2007: MDG report 2010; Source in Reference: 2001 to 2007: National Health Information Center / NSO; Indicator: Perinatal mortality rate , Country: Bulgaria National Series Reference: 2001 to 2007: MDG report 2010; Definition: 2001 to 2007: After 28 weeks of gestation; Source in Reference: 2001 to 2007: National Health Information Center / NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Croatia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2002: MDG Report 2004; 2004: MDG Progress Report 2005; Note: 1998 to 2002: To mothers who had lived in Croatia for longer than the period of one year; Indicator: Perinatal mortality rate , Country: Croatia National Series Reference: 2002 to 2005: MDG Progress Report 2005; Definition: 2002 to 2005: birth weight >500g; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Czechia National Series Reference: 2002: MDG report 2004; Source in Reference: 2002: Health Yearbook of the Czech Republic 2001; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Czechia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2002: MDG report 2004; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2002: Health Yearbook of the Czech Republic 2001; Indicator: Perinatal mortality rate , Country: Czechia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2002: MDG report 2004; Definition: 1990 to 2002: After 28 weeks of gestation; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2002: Health Yearbook of the Czech Republic 2001; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Georgia National Series Reference: 2000 to 2004: MDG Progress Report 2004-2005; Definition: 2000 to 2001: Number of deaths below age five per 1,000 live births in a calendar year.; Note: 2000 to 2004: Official statistics; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2004: National Center for Disease Control and Medical Statistics; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Georgia National Series Reference: 2000 to 2004: MDG Progress Report 2004-2005; Note: 2000 to 2004: Official statistics; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2004: National Center for Disease Control and Medical Statistics; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Georgia National Series Reference: 2000 to 2004: MDG Progress Report 2004-2005; Definition: 2000 to 2004: Under two-years old; Source in Reference: 2000: National Center for Disease Control and Medical Statistics; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Hungary National Series Reference: 1990 to 2001: MDG report 2004; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Hungary National Series Reference: 1990 to 2002: MDG report 2004; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2002: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 1990 to 2002: Hungarian Health Database 1985-2001; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Kazakhstan National Series Reference: 1987 to 1999: MDG in Kazakhstan 2005; 2000 to 2005: Poverty assessment in Kazakhstan: current status and prospects for development; 2006 to 2008: MDG Report 2010; 2009 to 2012: Poverty assessment in Kazakhstan: current status and prospects for development; Definition: 1990 to 1999: Excluding pregnancies that terminate at less than 28 weeks of gestation, and newborns weighing less than 1000 grams at the time of birth, shorter than 35 cm, or alive for less than seven days.; Note: 1990 to 1994: DHS 1995: 56.7; 1995 to 1999: DHS 1999: 71.4; 2006: MICS 2006: 36.3; Reference period: 1990 to 1994: 1989-1994; 1995 to 1999: 1995-1999; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1999: TransMonee; 2000 to 2005: NSO; 2006 to 2008: Min. of Healthcare; 2009 to 2012: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 2006 to 2008: Administrative data; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Kazakhstan National Series Reference: 1987 to 1999: MDG in Kazakhstan 2005; 2000 to 2001: Poverty assessment in Kazakhstan: current status and prospects for development; 2002: MDG in Kazakhstan 2005; 2003 to 2005: Poverty assessment in Kazakhstan: current status and prospects for development; 2006 to 2007: MDG Report 2010; 2008 to 2012: Poverty assessment in Kazakhstan: current status and prospects for development; Definition: 1990 to 1999: Excluding pregnancies that terminate at less than 28 weeks of gestation, and newborns weighing less than 1000 grams at the time of birth, shorter than 35 cm, or alive for less than seven days.; 2002: Excluding pregnancies that terminate at less than 28 weeks of gestation, and newborns weighing less than 1000 grams at the time of birth, shorter than 35 cm, or alive for less than seven days.; Note: 1990 to 1994: DHS 1995: 49.7; 1995 to 1999: DHS 1999: 61.9; Reference period: 1990 to 1993: 1989-1994; 1994 to 1999: 1995-1999; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1999: Min. of Healthcare; 2000 to 2001: NSO; 2002: Min. of Healthcare; 2003 to 2005: NSO; 2006 to 2007: Min. of Healthcare; 2008 to 2012: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 2006 to 2007: Administrative data; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Kazakhstan National Series Reference: 1995: MDG in Kazakhstan 2002; 2000 to 2012: Poverty assessment in Kazakhstan: current status and prospects for development; Source in Reference: 1995: Min. of Healthcare; 2000: NSO; 2001 to 2012: Min. of Health; Indicator: Breast-fed under 6 months (%) , Country: Kazakhstan National Series Reference: 1995 to 2006: MDG Report 2010; Definition: 1995 to 2006: Under 3 months; Source in Reference: 2002: Tazhibayev Sh., Sharmanov T., Ergalieva A., Dolmatova O., Mukasheva O., Seidakhmetova A., Kushenova R. ‘Promotion of Lactation Amenorrhea Method Intervention Trial, Kazakhstan’. Population Council, Frontiers in Reproductive Health 2004; Primary Source in Reference: 1999: DHS 1999; Indicator: Perinatal mortality rate , Country: Kazakhstan National Series Reference: 2008: MDG Report 2010; Definition: 2008: After 22 weeks of gestation; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Kyrgyzstan National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: NSO MDG database as on 2014-07-08; 2000 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; 2010 to 2012: NSO MDG database as on 2014-07-08; Definition: 1990 to 1999: Excluding pregnancies that terminates at less than 28 weeks of gestation; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2010: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Kyrgyzstan National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: NSO MDG database as on 2014-07-08; 2000 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; 2010 to 2012: NSO MDG database as on 2014-07-08; Definition: 1990 to 1999: Excluding pregnancies that terminates at less than 28 weeks of gestation; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1999: NSO / Min. of Health; 2000 to 2009: NSO; 2010: NSO / Min. of Health; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Kyrgyzstan National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: NSO MDG database as on 2014-07-08; 2000 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; 2010 to 2012: NSO MDG database as on 2014-07-08; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1999: NSO / Min. of Health; 2000 to 2009: NSO; 2010: NSO / Min. of Health; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Latvia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2003: MDG Report 2005; Definition: 1990 to 2003: Per 1,000 children under the age of five; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2003: NSO / Min. of Health; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Latvia National Series Reference: 1996 to 2003: MDG Report 2005; Source in Reference: 1996 to 2003: NSO / Min. of Health; Indicator: Perinatal mortality rate , Country: Latvia National Series Reference: 1980 to 2003: MDG Report 2005; Definition: 1980 to 2003: After 28 weeks of gestation; Source in Reference: 1980 to 2003: NSO / Min. of Health; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Lithuania National Series Reference: 1990 to 2001: MDG Assessment 2002; Definition: 1990 to 2001: Including live births at least 500 grams weight and 22 weeks gestation; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Lithuania National Series Reference: 1990 to 2001: MDG Assessment 2002; Definition: 1990 to 1991: Excluding pregnancies that terminate at less than 28 weeks of gestation, and newborns weighing less than 1000 grams at the time of birth, shorter than 35 cm, or alive for less than seven days.; 1992 to 2001: Excluding live births weighting less than 500 grams and less than 22 weeks of gestation; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Lithuania National Series Reference: 2000: MDG Assessment 2002; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Moldova, Republic of National Series Reference: 2000 to 2010: Statbank of the National Bureau of Statistics of the Republic of Moldova as on 08-08-2012; 2011 to 2012: Moldova Statbank (http://statbank.statistica.md) 11-11-2013; Definition: 2000 to 2007: Number of deaths below age five per 1,000 live births. Excluding live births weighting less than 1,000 grams and less than 30 weeks of gestation; 2008 to 2010: Number of deaths below age five per 1,000 live births. Excluding live births weighting less than 500 grams and less than 22 weeks of gestation; 2011 to 2012: Number of deaths below age five per 1,000 live births. Excluding live births weighting less than 1,000 grams and less than 30 weeks of gestation; Note: 2000 to 2012: Information is presented without the data from the left side of the river Nistru and municipality Bender.; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2012: Central Election Commission; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Moldova, Republic of National Series Reference: 2000 to 2010: Statbank of the National Bureau of Statistics of the Republic of Moldova as on 08-08-2012; 2011 to 2012: Moldova Statbank (http://statbank.statistica.md) 11-11-2013; Definition: 2000 to 2007: Excluding live births weighting less than 1,000 grams and less than 30 weeks of gestation; 2008 to 2010: Excluding live births weighting less than 500 grams and less than 22 weeks of gestation; 2011 to 2012: Excluding live births weighting less than 1,000 grams and less than 30 weeks of gestation; Note: 2000 to 2010: Deaths in a given calendar year divided by the size of their birth cohort.; 2000 to 2012: Information is presented without the data from the left side of the river Nistru and municipality Bender.; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2012: Min. of Health / NSO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Moldova, Republic of National Series Reference: 2000 to 2005: Statbank of the National Bureau of Statistics of the Republic of Moldova as on 08-08-2012; 2006 to 2012: Third MDG Report 2013; Definition: 2000 to 2012: Under two-years old; Note: 2000 to 2005: Information is presented without the data from the left side of the river Nistru and municipality Bender.; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2005: Min. of Health / NSO; 2006 to 2012: National Centre for Public Health; Indicator: Breast-fed under 6 months (%) , Country: Moldova, Republic of National Series Reference: 2008: MDG Report 2010; Source in Reference: 2008: National Perinatal Program 2008; Indicator: Perinatal mortality rate , Country: Moldova, Republic of National Series Reference: 1990 to 2009: MDG Report 2010; Definition: 1990 to 2009: After 28 weeks of gestation; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Montenegro National Series Reference: 1990 to 2000: MDG report 2005; 2004 to 2008: MDG Report 2010; 2009 to 2011: MDG Report 2013; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2011: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Montenegro National Series Reference: 1990 to 2000: MDG report 2005; 2004 to 2008: MDG Report 2010; 2009 to 2011: MDG Report 2013; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2011: NSO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Montenegro National Series Reference: 1990 to 2000: MDG report 2005; 2004 to 2008: MDG Report 2010; 2009 to 2011: MDG Report 2013; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2000: Report on immuzation against infectious diseases in Montenegro; 2004 to 2008: NSO; Indicator: Breast-fed under 6 months (%) , Country: Montenegro National Series Reference: 2009: MDG Report 2010; Source in Reference: 2009: NSO; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Poland National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Report 2002; Source in Reference: 1990: NSO; 1991 to 1998: Demographic Yearbook 2000, NSO; 1999: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Poland National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Report 2002; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1999: Demographic Yearbook 2000, NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Romania National Series Reference: 1990 to 2000: MDG Report 2003; 2001 to 2009: MDG Report 2010; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2000: Min. of Health; 2001 to 2009: NSO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Romania National Series Reference: 2001: MDG Report 2003; Source in Reference: 2001: Min. of Health; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Russian Federation National Series Definition: 2003 to 2008: Excluding pregnancies that terminate at less than 28 weeks of gestation, and newborns weighing less than 1000 grams at the time of birth, shorter than 35 cm, or alive for less than seven days.; Source in Reference: 2003 to 2008: WHO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Russian Federation National Series Definition: 2003 to 2009: Excluding pregnancies that terminate at less than 28 weeks of gestation, and newborns weighing less than 1000 grams at the time of birth, shorter than 35 cm, or alive for less than seven days.; Source in Reference: 2003 to 2009: WHO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Russian Federation National Series Source in Reference: 2008: WHO; Indicator: Breast-fed under 6 months (%) , Country: Russian Federation National Series Source in Reference: 2008: WHO; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Serbia National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2000: MDG progress report 2009; 2001 to 2002: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2005: MDG report 2006; 2008: MDG progress report 2009; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2002: NSO; 2008: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Serbia National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2000: MDG progress report 2009; 2001 to 2002: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2005: MDG report 2006; 2008: MDG progress report 2009; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2002: NSO; 2008: NSO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Serbia National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2000: MDG progress report 2009; 2001 to 2002: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2008: MDG progress report 2009; Definition: 1990 to 2008: Under 18 months; Source in Reference: 1990 to 1999: NSO; 2000: National Institute of Public Health Database; 2001 to 2002: NSO; 2008: National Institute of Public Health Database; Indicator: Breast-fed under 6 months (%) , Country: Serbia National Series Reference: 2000 to 2005: MDG progress report 2009; Definition: 2000: Under 4 months; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2005: UNICEF; Primary Source in Reference: 2005: MICS 2005; Indicator: Perinatal mortality rate , Country: Serbia National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2000: MDG progress report 2009; 2001 to 2002: MDG Report 2001-2004; 2005: MDG report 2006; 2008: MDG progress report 2009; Definition: 1990 to 2002: After 28 weeks of gestation; 2005: Gestation period not specified; 2008: After 28 weeks of gestation; Source in Reference: 2000: NSO; 2008: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Slovakia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2002: MDG report 2004; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2002: European Health for All Database, WHO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Slovakia National Series Reference: 2002: MDG report 2004; Definition: 2002: Under 18 months; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Slovenia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2001: MDG report 2004; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2001: European Health for All Database, WHO - Health Statistics yearbook 2003; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Slovenia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2001: MDG report 2004; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2001: European Health for All Database, WHO - Health Statistics yearbook 2003; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Tajikistan National Series Reference: 2000: MDG Progress Report 2010; 2003: MDG Needs Assessment 2005; 2005 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; Source in Reference: 2003: UNICEF SOWC; 2007: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 2000: MICS 2000; 2005: MICS 2005; 2007: LSS 2007; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Tajikistan National Series Reference: 1990 to 1999: MDG Progress Report 2003; 2000: MDG Progress Report 2010; 2001: MDG Progress Report 2003; 2005 to 2009: MDG Progress Report 2010; Source in Reference: 2001: Republican Center of Medical Statistics; 2007: NSO; Primary Source in Reference: 2000: MICS 2000; 2005: MICS 2005; 2007: LSS 2007; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Tajikistan National Series Reference: 2001 to 2003: NSO MDG data; 2005 to 2008: MDG Progress Report 2010; Primary Source in Reference: 2001: MICS 2000; 2005: MICS 2005; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia National Series Reference: 1990: MDG report 2005; 1991 to 1996: MDG progress report 2009; 1997: MDG report 2005; 1998 to 2007: MDG progress report 2009; Note: 2004 to 2007: New Methodology; Source in Reference: 1991 to 1996: NSO; 1998 to 2007: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2007: MDG progress report 2009; Note: 2004 to 2007: New Methodology; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2007: NSO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia National Series Reference: 1990 to 2007: MDG progress report 2009; Source in Reference: 1990 to 2007: Republic Institute for Health Protection; Indicator: Breast-fed under 6 months (%) , Country: The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia National Series Reference: 2007: MDG progress report 2009; Source in Reference: 2007: UNICEF 2007; Primary Source in Reference: 2007: MICS; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Turkey National Series Reference: 1993 to 2008: MDG Report 2010; Reference period: 1998: 1993-1998; 2003: 1998-2003; Source in Reference: 1993 to 2008: Hacettepe University; Primary Source in Reference: 1993: DHS 1993; 1998: DHS 1998; 2003: DHS 2003; 2008: DHS 2008; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Turkey National Series Reference: 1993 to 2008: MDG Report 2010; Reference period: 1998: 1993-1998; 2003: 1998-2003; Source in Reference: 1993 to 2008: Hacettepe University; Primary Source in Reference: 1993: DHS 1993; 1998: DHS 1998; 2003: DHS 2003; 2008: DHS 2008; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Turkey National Series Reference: 1993 to 2009: MDG Report 2010; Source in Reference: 1993 to 2003: Hacettepe University; 2009: Min. of Health; Primary Source in Reference: 1993: DHS 1993; 1998: DHS 1998; 2003: DHS 2003; 2009: Ministry of Health Registry; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Turkmenistan National Series Reference: 1991 to 2002: MDG Report 2003; Source in Reference: 1991 to 2002: Min. of Health and the Medical Industry; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Ukraine National Series Reference: 1990 to 2000: MDG Report 2005; 2001 to 2009: MDG Report 2010; 2010 to 2012: MDG Report 2013; Definition: 1990 to 2000: Per 1,000 children under the age of five; Source in Reference: 2010 to 2012: NSO; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Ukraine National Series Reference: 1990: MDG Report 2005; 2000 to 2009: MDG Report 2010; 2010 to 2012: MDG Report 2013; Definition: 1990: Per 1,000 children under 1 years old; Source in Reference: 2000 to 2008: NSO; 2010 to 2012: NSO; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Ukraine National Series Reference: 2008: MDG Report 2010; Indicator: Under five mortality rate per 1,000 live births , Country: Uzbekistan National Series Reference: 1995 to 2000: MDG Report 2006; Reference period: 1995: 1992-1997; 1998: 1996-2000; 2000: 1998-2002; Source in Reference: 1995: Min. of Health / Institute of Obstetrics and Gynecology; 1998: UNICEF; 2000: Min. of Health / Institute of Obstetrics and Gynecology; Primary Source in Reference: 1995: DHS 1996; 1998: MICS 2000; 2000: Uzbekistan Health Examination Survey 2002; Indicator: Infant mortality rate (0-1 year) per 1,000 live births , Country: Uzbekistan National Series Reference: 1995 to 2000: MDG Report 2006; Reference period: 1995: 1992-1997; 1998: 1996-2000; 2000: 1998-2002; Source in Reference: 1995: Min. of Health / Institute of Obstetrics and Gynecology; 1998: UNICEF; 2000: Min. of Health / Institute of Obstetrics and Gynecology; Primary Source in Reference: 1995: DHS 1996; 1998: MICS 2000; 2000: Uzbekistan Health Examination Survey 2002; Indicator: Children 1 year old immunized against measles, (%) , Country: Uzbekistan National Series Reference: 1996 to 2004: MDG Report 2006; Source in Reference: 1996 to 2004: TransMonee;
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 030 -- Citizenship by sex, by region and municipality in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_030.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure and vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Area For reasons of privacy protection, cells with less than 10 cases of citizenship, country of birth, background country or language by municipality have been marked with two dots. Continent sums have not been hidden in municipality data nor have regional data concerning individual languages or countries. Citizenship If a person has two nationalities and one of them is Finnish, he/she will be included in statistics as a Finnish national. The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Citizens of non-autonomous states are summed under the mother country. Citizenship Czech Republic Czech Republic + Former Czechoslovakia Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Statistics Greenland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Population Register contains information on all persons who have resided in Greenland after 1 January 1977. The purpose of the register is to be the basis for population statistics, and to supplement other personal information with basic information about each person, like address and family relations.The Population register is updated with information from CPR (Administrative Population Register) where the following information is retrieved: name, gender, age, place of birth, citizenship, marital status, reference to mother, father and spouse, address of residence and more. According to §13 of the Act on Greenland Statistics, no person-related information is disclosed from the register, except for personal numbers, randomly drawn for surveys
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Greenland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 09 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Population as of 1 Juli. Our Populationregister holds information on all persons, who have had address in Greenland after Januar 1st 1977. Purpose of the register Registrets formål er at danne grundlag for befolkningsstatistikken, samt supplere andre personhenførbare oplysninger med basisoplysninger om personen, samt dennes adresse og familierelationer. Befolkningsstatistikregistret opdateres med oplysninger fra CPR (Folkeregistrene) hvor følgende oplysninger hentes: navn, køn, alder, fødested, statsborgerskab, civilstand, henvisning til mor, far samt ægtefælle, bopælsadresse og tilflytningsdato. Jfr §13 i Lov om Grønlands Statistik, videregives ingen personhenførbare oplysninger fra registret, bortset fra personnumre, som efter Datatilsynets godkendelse er udtrukket til interviewundersøgelser
    • enero 2016
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 septiembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: End Coal
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: End Coal https://endcoal.org/ Topic: Coal Plants by country Publication URL: https://endcoal.org/global-coal-plant-tracker/summary-statistics/ License: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/   Coal Power Plants Statistics
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 07 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic: Commodity Markets Outlook Publication: http://www.worldbank.org/en/research/commodity-markets License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   Report on Commodity Markets Outlook, 2018 October Financial Years-1970/71,1980/1981,2017/2018,2018/2019 have been considered as 1971,1981,2018,2019 respectively.
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 marzo, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • noviembre 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 noviembre, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • diciembre 2009
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_comp The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The completion rate (educ_bo_ou_comp) was computed in the framework of the UOE data collection (jointly carried out by Unesco, OECD and Eurostat), but is usually disseminated by OECD only. The methodology for estimating completion rates varies across countries. They can use three methods: the cross-section method, the true cohort method, or the synthetic cohort method (see section 11.1 below for more details). The year of reference gives the reference year for the number of graduates. The estimation assumes constant student flows at the tertiary level, owing to the need for consistency between the graduate cohort in the reference year and the entrant cohort n years before. This assumption may be an oversimplification. Results are less reliable in systems in which enrolments fluctuate markedly, or students are faced with many different options as regards the length of courses for which they may enrol or in which there are many changes in programmes between the years of admission and graduation respectively. The inclusion of foreign students in the new entrant questionnaire can have an impact on the completion rates indicator. In some countries, the proportion of foreign students represents a large part of tertiary population, and all of them are considered as new entrants in tertiary education (as advised in UOE Guidelines) whereas most of them won't be graduated at this level of education. The consequence is to underestimate the completion rates in those countries with relatively large proportions of foreign students enrolled in tertiary education.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Statistical population: CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators.   CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms.   Recommended uses and limitations: The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international (Eurostat) official sources. Definition: Data provided refer to the proportion of persons who used a computer in the last three months preceding the survey over the total population of corresponding sex and age group. A computer is defined as a multi purpose machine, a personal computer, powered by one of the major operating systems, i.e. Macintosh (Apple), Linux or Microsoft (Windows XP, NT or Vista). PDAs (handheld computers or palmtops) are included. Other equipments with embedded computing technologies, e.g. cell phones, TV sets, washing machines and dish washers are not considered as computers. .. - data not available Country: Armenia Additional information (2004 - 2008): Data refer to percentage of persons using computers in households covered in Integrated household living standards survey. Country: Armenia For 2013-2014 data refer to the proportion of persons who used a computer in the last 12 months. Since 2015, to the proportion of persons who used a computer in the last three months. Country: Belarus Refers to computer use in the past 12 months. Country: Israel Change in definition (2002 - 2006): Data refer to population aged 20 and over. Data refer to the proportion of persons who used a computer in the last month. Country: Israel Change in definition (2007 - 2013): Data refer to population aged 20 and over. Country: Moldova, Republic of Change in definition (2009): Data refer to ge groups: 16-29, 30-59, 60-74. Country: Russian Federation Reference period (2013): Data do not refer to equipment such as mobile cellular phones , PDAs ( personal digital assistants) or TVs etc. Country: Serbia Data exclude territory of Kosovo and Metohija Country: United States Change in definition (1990 - 2013): Data do not refer to last 3 months, i.e. not time specific. Data are collected in October.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Concordia
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The consolidated banking statistics (CBS) measure international banking activity from a nationality perspective, focusing on the country where the banking group's parent is headquartered. While residence-based data such as the locational banking statistics indicate where positions are booked, they do not always identify where underlying decisions are made. This is because banking offices in one country may operate within a business model decided by the group's controlling parent, which may be headquartered in another country. The CBS capture the worldwide claims of banking groups based in reporting countries and exclude intragroup positions, similar to the consolidation approach followed by banking supervisors. The CBS provide several different measures of banking groups' country risk exposures, on either an immediate counterparty or an ultimate risk basis. The most appropriate exposure measure depends on the issue being analysed. The benchmark measure in the CBS is foreign claims, which capture credit to borrowers outside a banking group's home country.   Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".  
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 24 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Federal Competitiveness and Statistics Authority, United Arab Emirates
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: https://uaenumbers.fcsa.gov.ae/wuhehnf
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The FAOSTAT monthly CPI & Food CPI database was based on the ILO CPI data until December 2014. In 2014, IMF-ILO-FAO agreed to transfer global CPI data compilation from ILO to IMF. Upon agreement, CPIs for all items and its sub components originates from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the UN Statistics Division(UNSD) for countries not covered by the IMF. However, due to a limited time coverage from IMF and UNSD for a number of countries, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the Latin America and the Caribbean statistics (CEPALSTAT), Central Bank of Western African States (BCEAO), Eastern Caribbean Central Bank (ECCB) and national statistical office website data are used for missing historical data from IMF and UNSD food CPI.  The FAO CPI dataset for all items(or general CPI) and the Food CPI, consists of a complete and consistent set of time series from January 2000 onwards. These indices measure the price change between the current and reference periods of the average basket of goods and services purchased by households. The CPI,all items is typically used to measure and monitor inflation, set monetary policy targets, index social benefits such as pensions and unemployment benefits, and to escalate thresholds and credits in the income tax systems and wages in public and private wage contracts.   Note: For some countries quarterly data is mentioned as monthly data because of quarter (Time period of quarter) differs across countries. Please go to the link: "http://fenixservices.fao.org/faostat/static/documents/CP/CPI_e.pdf" for detail about countries' National index reference period, definition, data details.    
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' contains all data that was previously contained in three different datasets: 'Consumer Prices', 'National Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) by COICOP divisions' and 'Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) by COICOP divisions'. The 'Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 36 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The ‘Consumer Price Indices (CPIs)' dataset contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices including national CPIs, Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) and their associated weights and contributions to national annual inflation. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases, a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data).
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • septiembre 2014
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Descripción no disponible
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national official sources. Definition: Persons convicted are persons found guilty by any legal body duly authorised to do so under national law, whether the conviction was later upheld or not. .. - data not available Country: Austria Break in methodlogy (2000): Significantly reduced number of convictions between 1999 and 2000: the decline is due to diversion which is now applicable to adults in criminal law. Country: Austria Change in definition (1990): Juveniles: data refer to persons aged less than 19. Persons, who were convicted more than once in the indicated year are multiple-counted. Country: Austria Change in definition (1995 - 2001): Juveniles: data refer to persons aged less than 19. Country: Bulgaria Break in methodlogy (2000): Until 1997 data are based on the activity of the regional and district courts on penal trials of general, private and administrative character. Since 1998 the information for the activity of military courts is also included. Country: Bulgaria Break in methodlogy (2012): Since 2012 data include activities of the Special Criminal Court. Country: Canada Found guilty includes guilty of the charged offence, of an included offence, of an attempt of the charged offence, or of an attempt of an included offence. This category also includes cases where an absolute or conditional discharge has been imposed. Data refer to fiscal year (April 1 through March 31 of following year). 1995-2004: data do not cover all provinces and territories. Adult is a person of age 18+ at the time of the offence. Juvenile is a person aged 12 to 17 y.o at the time of the offence. Country: Cyprus Data refer to the Government controlled area only. Country: Cyprus Includes convictions of both serious crimes (in violation of the Penal Code) and minor offences, as well as traffic violations. Country: Czechia Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Data include not only imprisonment but also e.g. fines, ban on activity, etc. Country: Denmark Break in methodlogy (2007): From 1980 to 2006, data refer to all persons with a decision, incl. acquitted and prosecutor dropped. From 2007, data cover only those who are convicted. Country: Estonia Break in methodlogy (1990): Change in laws and methodology. Country: Finland Break in methodlogy (2000): Offences against the Road Traffic Act carrying imprisonment as penalty were transferred to the Penal code on 1 October 1999. Country: France Additional information (1995 - 2002): Amnesties (part of convictions was not registered). Country: France Change in definition (1980 - 2012): Data include DOM-TOM. Country: France Provisional value (2012): Country: Georgia Territorial change (1990 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali Region. Country: Germany Territorial change (1980 - 2006): Data refer to former territory of Germany. Country: Greece Change in definition (1990 - 2004): Juveniles: persons aged up to 17 Country: Ireland Change in definition (2000 - 2002): Headline Incidents only being included. Juveniles: 16 years or younger. Country: Israel Change in definition (1980 - 1990): Convicted juvenile offenders are those tried in juvenile courts. Country: Israel Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Convicted juvenile offenders are those tried in juvenile courts. Data on persons charged in criminal trials conducted in courts of first instance, who were sentenced during a given year. Since 2000 classification as adults or as juveniles was based on the following criteria, 1) The offender`age at the time crime was committed. 2)The offender`s age at time of the indictment 3)The type of court in which the trial was held.A juvenile offender is a person who meets two out of the three criteria . All other cases are considered to be adults. Country: Israel Reference period (1980): Data refer to 1981 Country: Israel Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1989 Country: Italy Break in methodlogy (2000): Change in methodology and source Country: Italy Change in definition (1980 - 2011): Data refers to the convicted persons recorded in the Judicial Database Country: Kazakhstan Break in methodlogy (2000): Change of source as of 2000 Country: Moldova, Republic of Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Netherlands Change in definition (1990 - 2012): Data exclude persons with unknown sex and age. Country: Poland Change in definition (1980 - 1990): Juveniles: persons aged up to 16. Country: Poland Change in definition (1995 - 2012): Juveniles: persons aged up to 17. Country: Romania Convictions is equivalent to Persons convicted because there are no data regarding final convictions. Country: Serbia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data exclude territory of Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Slovenia Break in methodology (1995): Change in law. Break in methodology (2013): New amendment to the Criminal Procedure Act enabled the implementation of criminal proceedings and economized trials. This is reflected in the large increase of the number of convicted persons over the previous year. The number of convicted juveniles did not significantly increase during the same period – around 10%. Country: Spain Break in methodlogy (2008): Before 2007: different source and partial coverage. Country: Spain Change in definition (1980 - 2013): Juveniles: persons aged between 14 to 17 years. Country: Spain Change in definition (2000 - 2006): Juveniles: persons aged between 14 to 17 years. Convicted persons are partially reported by sex. Country: Sweden Change in definition (1980 onwards): Data refer to number of convictions. One person can contribute with more than one conviction during a calendar year. Includes attempts, assistance, preparation and conspiracy to commit an offence. Country: Switzerland Additional information (1990 - 1995): Data are not complete (Juvenile convictions are not available) Country: Switzerland Change in definition (1990 - 2012): Only convicted persons for felonies and misdemeanours. Country: Turkey 2005: break in series: introduction of changes in laws. 2009: break in series: change in data compilation method. Data refer to the number of sentence decisions rendered for accused persons at criminal courts in accordance with Turkish Criminal Law and special laws for 2009 and later. Total excludes judicial person, foreign national and unknown sex and age for 2009 and later. Country: Ukraine From 2014 data cover the territories under the government control. Country: United Kingdom Change in definition (2008 - onwards): For total convicted persons, male and female may not add up to total because the sex is not always recorded Country: United Kingdom Territorial change (1980): Data refer to England and Wales only. Country: United States Adults: data represent felony conviction in state and federal courts. 1995: data refer to 1994.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national official sources. Definition: Conviction is the verdict that results when a court of law finds a defendant guilty of a crime. A serious assault is an injury whereby life could be endangered, including cases of injury involving the use of dangerous instrument. Cases where instruments are used only to threaten are excluded. An assault refers to physical attack against the body of another person, including battery but excluding indecent assault. A homicide is intentional or unintentional killing. Intentional homicide is a death deliberately inflicted on a person by another person, including infanticide.Non-intentional homicide is a death not deliberately inflicted on a person by another person. That includes crime of manslaughter but excludes traffic accidents that result in a death of persons. The distinction between intentional and unintentional homicide differs from country to country, as does the definition of attempted murder. Rape is a sexual intercourse without valid consent. Robbery is a theft of property from a person, overcoming resistance by force or threat of force. Theft is any act of intentionally and unlawfully removing property belonging to another person (or organisation), excluding burglary. Drug crimes are any violation involving the illicit brokerage, cultivation, delivery (on any terms whatsoever), dispatch, dispatch in transit, distribution, extraction, exportation or importation, offering for sale, preparation, production, purchase, manufacture, sale, traffic, transportation, or use of narcotic drugs. General note: Data come from administrative data sources unless otherwise specified. Country: Albania Assault includes article 89, this change includes years 2013-2015. Theft includes all crimes against property and economic sphere, but excludes robbery. Country: Austria Break in methodlogy (2000): Significantly reduced number of convictions between 1999 and 2000: the decline is due to diversion which is now applicable to adults in criminal law. Country: Bulgaria Break in methodlogy (2000): Until 1997 data are based on the activity of the regional and district courts on penal trials of general, private and administrative character. Since 1998 the information for the activity of military courts is also included. Country: Bulgaria Break in methodlogy (2012): Since 2012 data include activities of the Special Criminal Court. Country: Canada Assault includes Level 1 Assault, Criminal Code of Canada, section 266. A common assault has been committed when an individual intentionally applies force or threatens to apply force to another person, without that person's consent. The seriousness of physical injury is what distinguishes this type of assault from other, more serious assaults. Serious assault includes assault with a weapon (Level 2, Criminal Code of Canada, section 267), aggravated assault (Level 3, Criminal Code of Canada, section 268) and other assaults (assaults against police officers, and unlawfully causing bodily harm). Homicide includes first-degree murder, second-degree murder, manslaughter and infanticide. Rape is not a recognized offence in the Criminal Code of Canada. Data reported are sexual assault (level 1), sexual assault with a weapon or bodily harm (level 2) and sexual assault aggravated (level 3). Theft includes theft over and under $5,000 as well as motor vehicle theft. Drug crime includes drug possession, trafficking, production, importing and exporting. Data refer to a fiscal year (April 1 through March 31). Data do not cover all provinces and territories. Data includes persons aged 12 y.o. or older at the time of the offence. Country: Croatia Data refer to adults serving imprisonment sentences. Country: Cyprus Data refer to the Government controlled area only. Country: Cyprus Includes convictions of both serious crimes (in violation of the Penal Code) and minor offences, as well as traffic violations. Country: Denmark Change in definition (1980 - 2012): All persons with a decision, incl. acquitted and prosecutor dropped Assault: Include serious assault and homicide Country: Denmark Only guilty decisions included. Country: Estonia Break in methodlogy (1990 - 1995): Change in laws and methodology. Country: Estonia Change in definition (1990 - 2013): Theft includes burglary. Country: Finland Break in methodology (2000): The Penal Code includes the offences against the Road Traffic Act carrying imprisonment as penalty. Country: Finland Data refer to offences against the Penal Code only. Country: France Additional information (1995 - 2002): Amnesties (part of convictions was not registered). Country: France Change in definition (1990 - 2011): Data are based on different classification of offences. Country: Georgia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali Region. Country: Germany Territorial change (1980 - 2006): Data refer to former territory of Germany. Country: Greece Change in definition (1980 - 2010): Number of convictions equals to number of convicted persons (persons found definitively guilty from penal courts). Serious assault excludes fatal body injuries. Country: Iceland Data refer to convictions from the district courts. Country: Ireland 2009: break in series, change in methodology. Country: Israel Reference period (1980): Data refer to 1981 Country: Israel Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1989 Country: Italy Break in methodlogy (2000): Until 2000 data referred to the most serious crime. Series from 2000 to 2011 have been updated according to the new systems and calculating the convinctions instead of the persons convicted. Country: Italy Change in definition (1980 - 2011): Rape: convicted for misdemeanours are not included. Country: Kazakhstan Break in methodlogy (2000): Change of source as of 2000 Country: Kyrgyzstan Change in definition (2000 - onwards): Data are changed concidering the definition of the robbery. Country: Latvia Break in methodlogy (2011): Data include fraud and misappropriation on small scale Country: Latvia Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Data for theft include burglary. Country: Moldova, Republic of Territorial change (2004 onward): Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Montenegro 2001-2006: data refer to convicted adults. From 2007: data refer to convicted adults and juveniles. Assaults include serious assaults. Country: Netherlands Assaults include serious assaults. Data exclude persons with unknown sex. Country: Norway Until 2000: the total does not include convictions for misdemeanours, i.e. ticket fines and prosecutions conditionally dropped are not included. Country: Poland Data refer to adults only. Country: Romania Convictions is equivalent to Persons convicted because there are no data regarding final convictions. Country: Serbia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data exclude territory of Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Slovakia Break in methodlogy (2006): Change in criminal code. Country: Slovenia Break in methodology (1995): Change in law. Break in methodology (2013): New amendment to the Criminal Procedure Act enabled the implementation of criminal proceedings and economized trials. This is reflected in the large increase of the number of convicted persons over the previous year. The number of convicted juveniles did not significantly increase during the same period – around 10%. Country: Spain Break in methodology (2007): change in source, data include only firm convictions. Country: Spain Total could be less than sum of convictions by type as each conviction can include different crimes. Country: Sweden Break in methodlogy (2005): Break in series for convictions of Rape due to changes in legislation for sexual offenses. Country: Sweden Statistics presented refers to conviction decisions laid down by courts (first instance county court convictions) or prosecutors (prosecutor fines or waiver of prosecution). Sub groups for some years do not add up to the main level, due to missing data on gender. Attempt, preparation, being an accomplice, incitement, failure to disclose and failure to prevent offences are included in respective offence category. Drug crime does not include drug trafficking for the years 1995 and 2000. Drug trafficking is included from 2001 onwards. Country: Switzerland Change in definition (1990 - onwards): Only convicted persons for felonies and misdemeanours. Country: Turkey Break in methodlogy (2009): Change in data compilation method. Country: Turkey Change in definition (1990 - 2010): Data includes intentional and non-intentional homicide. Theft includes burglary. Country: Turkey Data refer to the number of sentence decisions rendered for accused persons at criminal courts in accordance with Turkish Criminal Law and special laws for 2009 and later. Total excludes judicial person, foreign national and unknown sex for 2009 and later. Country: Ukraine From 2014 data cover the territories under the government control. Country: United Kingdom Change in definition (2000 - onwards): Serious assault includes attempted murder. Rape includes attempted rape. Country: United Kingdom Change in definition (2008 - onwards): Male and female may not add up to total because sex is not always recorded. Country: United Kingdom Territorial change (2000 - onwards): Data refer to England and Wales. Country: United States Data represent felony convictions in State and Federal Courts. Convictions in juvenile courts are not included. Data do not distinguish between assault and serious assault. 1995: data refers to 1994.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 abril, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • julio 2016
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 julio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Indicator is a composite index based on a combination of surveys and assessments of corruption from 13 different sources and scores and ranks countries based on how corrupt a country’s public sector is perceived to be. The sources of information used for the 2016 CPI are based on data gathered in the 24 months preceding the publication of the index. The CPI includes only sources that provide a score for a set of countries/territories and that measure perceptions of corruption in the public sector. For a country/territory to be included in the ranking, it must be included in a minimum of three of the CPI’s data sources. The CPI is published by Transparency International.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Transparency International
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 01 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at CORRUPTION PERCEPTIONS INDEX 2018 by Transparency International is licensed under CC-BY-ND 4.0. Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption. see more at https://www.transparency.org/cpi2018 Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: Numbeo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 febrero, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at NUMBEO Numbeo is the world’s largest database of user contributed data about cities and countries worldwide. Numbeo provides current and timely information on world living conditions including cost of living, housing indicators, health care, traffic, crime and pollution. For more information please check http://www.numbeo.com/cost-of-living/rankings_by_country.jsp   About dataset: These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El concepto estadístico del costo de mano de obra comprende la remuneración por el trabajo realizado, los pagos por horas pagadas pero no trabajadas, primas y gratificaciones, el costo de los alimentos, bebidas y otras prestaciones en especie, gastos relacionados con la vivienda de los trabajadores a cargo del empleador, el gasto de la seguridad social a cargo del empleador, el costo del empleador de la formación profesional, los servicios sociales y de artículos diversos, tales como los trabajadores del transporte, ropa de trabajo y los costos de contratación, así como los impuestos considerados como costos de mano de obra. datos aquí donnnent el coste medio (en moneda local) por empleado.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El concepto estadístico del costo de mano de obra comprende la remuneración por el trabajo realizado, los pagos por horas pagadas pero no trabajadas, primas y gratificaciones, el costo de los alimentos, bebidas y otras prestaciones en especie, gastos relacionados con la vivienda de los trabajadores a cargo del empleador, el gasto de la seguridad social a cargo del empleador, el costo del empleador de la formación profesional, los servicios sociales y de artículos diversos, tales como los trabajadores del transporte, ropa de trabajo y los costos de contratación, así como los impuestos considerados como costos de mano de obra. datos aquí donnnent el coste medio por empleado (en moneda local) en el sector manufacturero.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      En la medida de lo posible, los datos sobre el costo de la mano de obra se presentan en términos nominales y se basan en la media del costo de la mano de obra por hora por asalariado. El costo de la mano de obra es el costo que corre a cargo del empleador que ocupa a la mano de obra durante un período de referencia especificado. El concepto estadístico del costo de la mano de obra abarca la remuneración por el trabajo cumplido, la remuneración por tiempo no trabajado, las primas y gratificaciones, los gastos en concepto de comidas, bebidas y otros pagos en especie, los costos de vivienda de los trabajadores a cargo de los empleadores, los gastos de seguridad social de los empleadores, los gastos de formación profesional a cargo de los empleadores, el costo de los servicios de bienestar y los costos no clasificados en otros grupos, como los gastos de transporte de los trabajadores, el suministro de ropa de trabajo y los gastos de contratación, así como los impuestos considerados como costos de mano de obra. Los conceptos de costo de la mano de obra y remuneración de los asalariados son conceptos muy próximos, presentando varios elementos comunes. En los casos en que no hay datos sobre el costo de la mano de obra disponibles, presentamos datos sobre la remuneración de los asalariados, concepto definido en el Sistema de Cuentas Nacionales de las Naciones Unidas 2008 como la remuneración total, en metálico o en especie, que los empleadores pagan a los empleados por el trabajo realizado por los últimos durante el período contable. La remuneración de los asalariados tiene dos componentes principales: a) salarios y sueldos en metálico o en especie; y b) las contribuciones a la seguridad social pagadas por los empleadores, que incluyen contribuciones a los esquemas de seguridad social; contribuciones sociales efectivas a otros esquemas de seguridad social relacionados con el empleo y contribuciones sociales imputadas a otros esquemas de seguridad social relacionados con el empleo. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El costo de la mano de obra es el costo que corre a cargo del empleador que ocupa a la mano de obra durante un período de referencia especificado. El concepto estadístico del costo de la mano de obra abarca la remuneración por el trabajo cumplido, la remuneración por tiempo no trabajado, las primas y gratificaciones, los gastos en concepto de comidas, bebidas y otros pagos en especie, los costos de vivienda de los trabajadores a cargo de los empleadores, los gastos de seguridad social de los empleadores, los gastos de formación profesional a cargo de los empleadores, el costo de los servicios de bienestar y los costos no clasificados en otros grupos, como los gastos de transporte de los trabajadores, el suministro de ropa de trabajo y los gastos de contratación, así como los impuestos considerados como costos de mano de obra. Se trata de una serie armonizada: (1) los datos referentes a costos semanales, mensuales o anuales fueron convertidos a costos horarios en moneda local utilizando datos sobre las horas de trabajo (donde estaban disponibles); y luego (2) los datos se convierten a una moneda común, el dólar constante en paridad de poder adquisitivo 2011, utilizando la tasa de cambio con el dólar US y la tasa de paridad de poder adquisitivo del 2011. Esta serie basada en una moneda común permite de realizar comparaciones internacionales teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de precio relativas entre países. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • noviembre 2012
      Fuente: Freedom House
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 diciembre, 2012
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Countries at the Crossroads is an annual analysis of government performance in 70 strategically important countries worldwide that are at a critical crossroads in determining their political future. The in-depth comparative assessments and quantitative ratings – examining government accountability, civil liberties, rule of law, and anticorruption and transparency efforts – are intended to help international policymakers identify areas of progress, as well as to highlight areas of concern that could be addressed in diplomatic efforts and reform assistance.The Crossroads project has generated far-reaching interest since its inception in 2004. Increased attention to the relationship between competent governance and respect for civil and political rights means that scholars and policymakers require sophisticated tools to help place the performance of various governments in perspective. Crossroads helps ground this analysis by providing indispensable quantitative assessment that allows for comparison over time, as well as detailed narrative reports that provide real-world context.A new edition of Crossroads is published each year, with half the set of countries analyzed in odd years and the other half in even years. Crossroads reports are written and evaluated by some of the most prominent independent experts available for each country.
    • abril 2015
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 20 agosto, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: The United States President's Emergency Plan for AIDS Relief
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Operating unit-level results for 2016 and prior years represent aggregated totals. For 2015 and 2016, results are available at the subnational level. For 2014 results and prior, the data can only be viewed and explored in aggregate country or regional form. General patterns can be explored for all results, allowing the investigation of trends within and among different operating units. Some variation exists between indicator versions from PEPFAR during 2004-2010, 2011-2014, and 2015-2016. More detail regarding these differences can be found in the indicator reference documents and in reference materials attached to this dashboard.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: NYU Stern
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Citation: Damodaran, Aswath, Equity Risk Premiums (ERP): Determinants, Estimation and Implications – The 2016 Edition (March 5, 2016). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=2742186 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2742186   This dataset summarizes the latest bond ratings and appropriate default spreads for different countries. While you can use these numbers as rough estimates of country risk premiums, you may want to modify the premia to reflect the additional risk of equity markets. To estimate the long term country equity risk premium, I start with a default spread, which I obtain in one of two ways: (1) I use the local currency sovereign rating (from Moody's: www.moodys.com) and estimate the default spread for that rating (based upon traded country bonds) over a default free government bond rate. For countries without a Moody's rating but with an S&P rating, I use the Moody's equivalent of the S&P rating. To get the default spreads by sovereign rating, I use the CDS spreads and compute the average CDS spread by rating. Using that number as a basis, I extrapolate for those ratings for which I have no CDS spreads. (2) I start with the CDS spread for the country, if one is available and subtract out the US CDS spread, since my mature market premium is derived from the US market. That difference becomes the country spread. For the few countries that have CDS spreads that are lower than the US, I will get a negative number. You can add just this default spread to the mature market premium to arrive at the total equity risk premium. I add an additional step. In the short term especially, the equity country risk premium is likely to be greater than the country's default spread. You can estimate an adjusted country risk premium by multiplying the default spread by the relative equity market volatility for that market (Std dev in country equity market/Std dev in country bond). I have used the emerging market average of 1.12 (estimated by comparing a emerging market equity index to an emerging market government/public bond index) to estimate country risk premium.I have added this to my estimated risk premium of 5.08% for mature markets (obtained by looking at the implied premium for the S&P 500) to get the total risk premium. Notes:  The year of publication has been considered as per publication date. For example, data published on 2018-Jan considered as 2018, similarly 2019-Jan as 2019    
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 012 -- Country of birth according to age and sex by region in 1990 to 2017 http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__vrm__vaerak/statfin_vaerak_pxt_012.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Concepts and definitions Description Quality description These statistics apply the regional division of 1 January 2018 to the whole time series. Population statistics from 1750 to 2000 have been digitised into PDF format in the National Library's Doria service. Publications on Population structure in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Vital statistics in Doria (in Finnish) Publications on Population censuses in Doria (in Finnish) Country of birth The used classification of continents is the classification of Eurostat, where Cyprus and Turkey belong to Europe. Non-autonomous states are summed under their mother country. Country of birth Sudan Sudan + Former Sudan
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national and international official sources. Area data exclude overseas departments and territories. For population footnotes click here. For life expectancy footnotes click here. For fertility rate footnotes click here. For population by marital status footnotes click here. For female members of parliament footnotes click here. For female government ministers footnotes click here. For female central bank board members footnotes click here. For female tertiary students footnotes click here. For economic activity rate footnotes click here. For gender pay gap footnotes click here. For employment growth rate footnotes click here. For unemployment rate footnotes click here. For youth unemployment rate footnotes click here. For employment by economic sector footnotes click here. For economic indicator footnotes click here. For road accident footnotes click here. For total length of motorways footnotes click here. For total length of railway lines footnotes click here. Key indicators in maps .. - data not available Indicator GDP in agriculture (ISIC4 A): output approach, index, 2010=100 If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP in industry (incl. construction) (ISIC4 B-F): output approach, index, 2010=100 If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP in services (ISIC4 G-U): output approach, index, 2010=100 If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP: in agriculture etc. (ISIC4 A), output approach, per cent share of GVA If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP: in industry etc. (ISIC4 B-E), output approach, per cent share of GVA If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP: in construction (ISIC4 F), output approach, per cent share of GVA If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP: in trade, hospitality, transport and communication (ISIC4 G-J), output approach, per cent share of GVA If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP: in finance and business services (ISIC4 K-N), output approach, per cent share of GVA If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP: in public administration, education and health (ISIC4 O-Q), output approach, per cent share of GVA If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. GDP: in other service activities (ISIC4 R-U), output approach, per cent share of GVA If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. Employment in agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing (ISIC Rev. 4 A), share of total employment If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. Employment in industry and energy (ISIC Rev. 4 B-E), share of total employment If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. Employment in construction (ISIC Rev. 4 F), share of total employment If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. Employment in trade, hotels, restaurants, transport and communications (ISIC Rev. 4 G-J), share of total employment If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. Employment in finance, real estate and business services (ISIC Rev. 4 K-N), share of total employment If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. Employment in public administration, education and health (ISIC Rev. 4 O-Q), share of total employment If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database. Employment in other service activities (ISIC Rev. 4 R-U), share of total employment If the country has not yet provided data according to ISIC 4, you may find the data according to ISIC 3.1 in more detailed tables under the Economy section of the database.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Reputation Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse score Excellent/Top Tier: 80+ Strong/Robust: 70-79 Avg./Moderate: 60-69 Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59 Poor/Lowest: <40
    • marzo 2012
      Fuente: Knoema
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 08 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: International Monetary Fund
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 abril, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • octubre 2018
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three sub sectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete dis aggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Numbeo
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Numbeo Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high. Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe.  
    • febrero 2013
      Fuente: RAND Corporation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • noviembre 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Not applicable
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are transmitted by the National Statistics Institutes on voluntary basis in the context of the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat as follows:
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Monthly and Cumulative Crude Oil Imports in Intra EU, December 2017 Note: (1) Source: Council Regulation (EC) n°2964/95 of 20 December 1995. (2) The cif price includes the fob price (the price actually invoiced at the port of loading), the cost of transport, insurance and certain charges linked to crude oil transfer operations. (3) Due to confidentiality Czech Republic is excluded from EU(28). (4) For Romania November-2016 and December-2016 are estimations derived from Eurostat data
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Generally speaking, a crude rate is calculated as the ratio of the number of events to the average population of the respective area in a given year. For easier presentation, it is multiplied by 1 000; the result is therefore expressed per 1 000 persons (of the average population). In this particular case, the crude rate of net migration plus adjustment is defined as the ratio of net migration plus adjustment during the year to the average population in that year, expressed per 1 000 inhabitants. The net migration plus adjustment is the difference between the total change and the natural change of the population.
    • marzo 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 marzo, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 05 enero, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GHG emissions data from the cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from organic soils under cropland (item: Cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: Grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by their aggregation. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Subido por: Shakthi Krishnan
      Acceso el: 18 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: European Commission
      Subido por: Shakthi Krishnan
      Acceso el: 01 octubre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The European Commission provides statistics on EU crude oil imports and crude oil supply costs.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 012 -- Current account by country breakdown http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__mata/statfin_mata_pxt_012.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The releases for September, October and November had an error in the figures for primary income in 2013 and 2014. There was also an error in the flow data on foreign assets and liabilities for 2015. The error was corrected in the December release on 14 December 2018. The statistics become final more than two years after the end of the reference year. Revisions in these statistics Description Methodological descriptions Concepts and definitions
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: Statistics Finland
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: Statistics Finland http://www.stat.fi/index_en.html Publication: 010 -- External assets and liabilities by investment type and sectors, stock http://pxnet2.stat.fi/PXWeb/pxweb/en/StatFin/StatFin__kan__mata/statfin_mata_pxt_010.px License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ The statistics become final more than two years after the end of the reference year. Revisions in these statistics Description Methodological descriptions Concepts and definitions
  • D
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      To view the original national data please open the questionnaires. Source: Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO Questionnaire on Pan-European Indicators for Sustainable Forest Management. Country: Russian Federation The source of the data of Russian Federation is the National Report for the Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO reporting on quantitative pan-European indicators 2011.
    • marzo 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      To view the original national data please open the questionnaires. Source: Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO Questionnaire on Pan-European Indicators for Sustainable Forest Management. Country: Russian Federation The source of the data of Russian Federation is the National Report for the Joint Forest Europe / UNECE / FAO reporting on quantitative pan-European indicators 2011.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Division Database, compiled from national and international (WHO European health for all database) official sources. Definitions: The (age-) standardized death rate (SDR) is a weighted average of age-specific mortality rates per 100 000 population. The weighting factor is the age distribution of a standard reference population. The standard reference population used is the European standard population as defined by the World Health Organisation (WHO). As method for standardisation, the direct method is applied. As most causes of death vary significantly with age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries. Death refers to the permanent disappearance of all evidence of life at any time after a live birth has taken place (post-natal cessation of vital functions without capability of resuscitation). This definition therefore excludes foetal deaths. Causes of death (CoD) are all diseases, morbid conditions or injuries that either resulted in or contributed to death, and the circumstances of the accident or violence that produced any such injuries. Symptoms or modes of dying, such as heart failure or asthenia, are not considered to be causes of death for vital statistics purposes. General note:: Diseases and external causes of death are coded differently in different versions of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD). For many diseases it is not possible to identify codes in different classification systems that would correspond precisely to the same disease or groups of diseases. Often the change in the trend of a certain cause-specific mortality rate may be the result of a changing ICD version or national death certification and coding practices, rather than an actual change in the mortality. It should be noted that mortality rates for some countries may be biased due to the under-registration of death cases. The basic principle of selection of the 17 CoD for presentation in the UNECE Gender Database is to include one main SDR for each of the ICD chapters and also to focus on some of the leading CoD across the European Region and some specific causes with high gender differences. ICD versionCountries9.3 - ICD-9 3-digit codes Albania, The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia 9.4 - ICD-9 4-digit or mixture of 3- and 4-digit codesGreece9.5 - ICD-9 BTL codes (in most countries actually original ICD-9 codes were used but the data later were converted by WHO into BTL codes) Bosnia and Herzegovina10.1 - ICD-10 mortality tabulation condensed list No1 (103 causes) Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Russian Federation, Ukraine10.3 - ICD-10 3-digit codes Belgium, Bulgaria, Estonia, Georgia, Latvia, Montenegro, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Uzbekistan10.4 - ICD-10 4-digit or mixture of 3- and 4-digit codes Austria, Canada, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Kyrgyzstan, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Republic of Moldova, Romania, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States 1.75 - Special tabulation list of 175 causes used in some ex-USSR countries Tajikistan, Turkmenistan Link to International Classification of Diseases 10th Revision Country: Canada Data on accidents include sequelae of transport and other accidents. Data on transport accidents include sequelae of transport accidents. Data on suicide and intentional self-harm include sequelae of intentional self-harm. Country: United States Data on accidents include sequelae of transport and other accidents. Data on transport accidents include sequelae of transport accidents.
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 29 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      number - per 1 000 personsDeath means the permanent disappearance of all evidence of life at any time after life birth has taken place (postnatal cessation of vital functions without capability of resuscitation).The crude death rate is the ratio of the number of deaths during the year to the average population in that year. The value is expressed per 1 000 persons.
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • marzo 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 18 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: Bank for International Settlements
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Este indicador transmite, en cierta medida, una imagen de la disponibilidad de servicios de salud. Representa el porcentaje de la población sin acceso a servicios de salud debido a la falta de personal sanitario. El umbral para tener un personal sanitario suficiente es de 41,1 trabajadores de salud por cada 10'000 habitantes. Cuanto mayor es el valor de este indicador, peor es la disponibilidad. Es necesario resaltar que este indicador se concentra en la oferta de disponibilidad, es decir, que la disponibilidad de recursos humanos alcance un nivel tal que garantice un acceso al menos básico pero universal. Para estimar el acceso a los servicios de profesionales médicos cualificados (médicos, personal de enfermería y partería), se utiliza como proxy la diferencia relativa entre la densidad de estos trabajadores de la salud en un país determinado (su número por cada 10'000 habitantes) y su valor medio en los países con un bajo grado de vulnerabilidad (definida de acuerdo con la estructura del empleo y los niveles de pobreza).Para establecer si un país está gastando suficiente o tiene personal de salud suficiente, es necesario primero definir lo que constituye suficiente, es decir, establecer un umbral con el cual comparar el desempeño de cada país. Hay diferentes opiniones sobre lo que constituye suficiente en estos contextos, sobre todo visto que es probable que sea un objetivo móvil, fuertemente influenciado por los problemas de salud que prevalecen, la demografía, etc. El enfoque de la OIT para medir el déficit financiero es: (i) calcular la mediana de gasto en la salud (excluyendo POO) en los países de bajo de vulnerabilidad; (ii) comparar el gasto de cada país con este valor mediano. En el 2014, la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad fue de US$ 239. Por ejemplo, un país con un gasto 50% menor que la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad tiene un déficit financiero de 50%. El mismo principio se aplica al indicador de déficit de acceso del personal, para el cual la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad fue de 41,1 en el 2014. Este es uno de los cinco indicadores que miden dimensiones clave de los déficits en acceso y la cobertura de la atención médica. Para fines de análisis el conjunto completo de indicadores se debe considerar juntos.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Este indicador transmite, en cierta medida, una imagen de los derechos a la seguridad social y la salud. Representa el porcentaje de la población sin cobertura legal de la salud. La población cubierta corresponde a los miembros afiliados al sistema de seguro médico o a una estimación de la población que tiene acceso gratuito a los servicios de salud proporcionados por el Estado. Cuanto mayor es el valor de este indicador, mayor es el porcentaje de la población sin cobertura legal de la salud. Este es uno de los cinco indicadores que miden dimensiones clave de los déficits en acceso y la cobertura de la atención médica. Para fines de análisis el conjunto completo de indicadores se debe considerar juntos.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 31 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Este indicador transmite, en cierta medida, una imagen de la calidad de la atención de salud. Representa el porcentaje de la población sin acceso a servicios de salud, debido al déficit de recursos financieros. El umbral para tener recursos financieros suficientes es de US $ 239 por persona por año. Cuanto mayor es el valor de este indicador, peores son los niveles de cobertura. Para estimar la calidad de la atención de la salud, este indicador utiliza como proxy la diferencia relativa entre el gasto per cápita de salud en un país determinado y su valor medio en los países con un bajo grado de vulnerabilidad.Para establecer si un país está gastando suficiente o tiene personal de salud suficiente, es necesario primero definir lo que constituye suficiente, es decir, establecer un umbral con el cual se comparará el desempeño de cada país. Las opiniones difieren sobre lo que constituye suficiente en estos contextos, sobre todo visto que es probable que sea un objetivo móvil, fuertemente influenciado por los problemas de salud que prevalecen, la demografía, etc. El enfoque de la OIT para medir el déficit financiero es: (i) calcular la mediana del gasto en la salud (excluyendo POO) en los países de baja vulnerabilidad; (ii) comparar el gasto de cada país con este valor mediano. En el 2014, la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad fue de US$ 239. Por ejemplo, un país con un gasto 50% menor que la mediana de los países de baja vulnerabilidad tiene un déficit financiero de 50%. Este es uno de los cinco indicadores que miden dimensiones clave de los déficits en acceso y la cobertura de la atención médica. Para fines de análisis el conjunto completo de indicadores se debe considerar juntos.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: United Nations Statistics Division
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 04 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The United Nations Statistics Division collects, compiles and disseminates official demographic and social statistics on a wide range of topics. Data have been collected since 1948 through a set of questionnaires dispatched annually to over 230 national statistical offices and have been published in the Demographic Yearbook collection. The Demographic Yearbook disseminates statistics on population size and composition, births, deaths, marriage and divorce, as well as respective rates, on an annual basis. The Demographic Yearbook census datasets cover a wide range of additional topics including economic activity, educational attainment, household characteristics, housing characteristics, ethnicity, language, foreign-born and foreign population. The available Population and Housing Censuses' datasets reported to UNSD for the censuses conducted worldwide since 1995, are now available in UNdata. This latest update includes several datasets on international travel and migration inflows and outflows, and on incoming and departing international migrants by several characteristics, as reported by the national authorities to the UN Statistics Division for the reference years 2010 to the present as available.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The objective of this dataset is to trace net changes in terms of volume in the growing stock of standing wood on forest land. It shows data underlying the indicator on the intensity of use of forest resources. This indicator relates actual fellings to annual productive capacity (i.e. gross increment). Forest depletion and growth describe balances or imbalances in different types of forests. The intensity of use of forest resources reflects various forest management methods and their sustainability. These data should be read in connection with other indicators of the OECD Core Set, in particular with indicators on land use changes and forest quality (species diversity, forest degradation), and be complemented with data on forest management practices and protection measures. In interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that definitions and estimation methods vary among countries.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos son proporcionados por estado de la asistencia escolar, estudiante o no estudiante.
    • agosto 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. La cobertura geográfica implica una desagregación entre áreas rurales y urbanas. La distinción entre estas áreas geográficas se basa en las respectivas definiciones nacionales.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La tasa de desocupación es el número de personas desocupadas expresado como porcentaje del número total de personas ocupadas y desocupadas (es decir, la población activa). Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) no ocupadas durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo asalariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo asalariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo asalariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar un puesto de trabajo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por categoría de persona desocupada, es decir que se presentan distinguiendo si (1) la persona ya estuvo ocupada alguna vez o si (2) la persona desocupada busca trabajo por primera vez.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por duración de la desocupación.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por duración de la desocupación.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. La cobertura geográfica implica una desagregación entre áreas rurales y urbanas. La distinción entre estas áreas geográficas se basa en las respectivas definiciones nacionales.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • abril 2018
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 mayo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Financing Global Health 2016 is the eighth edition of IHME’s annual series on global health spending and health financing. In addition to describing the trends in development assistance for health (DAH), this year’s report features an expanded discussion of domestic spending across low-, middle-, and high-income countries to describe the context in which DAH operates, identify health financing gaps, and support the pursuit of universal health coverage. Also new in Financing Global Health this year are detailed data for the funding of specific program areas within DAH for malaria and more thorough analysis of DAH for health system strengthening. This adds to the existing detailed tracking of DAH by program area for HIV/AIDS, maternal, newborn, and child health, and non-communicable diseases (NCDs). The coverage of domestic health spending builds on data and analyses presented in two papers published this year: “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Evolution and patterns of global health financing 1995–2014: development assistance for health, and government, prepaid private, and out-of-pocket health spending in 184 countries,” and “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Future and potential spending on health 2015–2040 by government, prepaid private, out-of-pocket, and donor financing for 184 countries.” Both analyses were published in The Lancet in April 2017. More information about these data and methods are found in the online methods annex.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los días no trabajados por causa de huelga o cierre patronal representan el número total de días de trabajo no trabajados como consecuencia de huelgas y cierres patronales en curso durante el año. Se miden teniendo en cuenta el total de días de trabajo laborables que hubieran sido normalmente trabajados por cada trabajador implicado, de no haberse producido la interrupciónde la actividad. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Refleja el número promedio de días no trabajados debido a las huelgas y los cierres patronales por cada mil trabajadores.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La tasa de días no trabajados por causa de huelga o cierre patronal representa la tasa de severidad de las huelgas y los cierres patronales, y se calcula como el número de días no trabajados por 1000 trabajadores, a menos que se indique otra cosa en las notas. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los días perdidos como consecuencia de una incapacidad laboral temporal abarcan el número de días naturales durante los que las personas temporalmente incapacitadas no pudieron trabajar, excluyendo el día del accidente, y hasta un máximo de un año. No se incluyen las ausencias temporales del trabajo de menos de un día con motivo de tratamiento médico. Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, utilizando la versión más reciente disponible cada año de la Clasificación Industrial Internacional Uniforme de todas las actividades económicas (CIIU). La actividad económica hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Los días perdidos como consecuencia de una incapacidad laboral temporal abarcan el número de días naturales durante los que las personas temporalmente incapacitadas no pudieron trabajar, excluyendo el día del accidente, y hasta un máximo de un año. No se incluyen las ausencias temporales del trabajo de menos de un día con motivo de tratamiento médico.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      El tiempo perdido por lesión profesional se define como el número medio de días naturales perdidos por cada nuevo caso de lesiones profesionales no mortales que resulta en incapacidad temporal.
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: The Fletcher School,Tufts University
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 30 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The DEI 2017 is a data-driven holistic evaluation of the progress of the digital economy across 60 countries, combining more than 100 different indicators across four key drivers: Supply Conditions, Demand Conditions, Institutional Environment, and Innovation and Change. The resulting framework captures both the state and rate of digital evolution and identifies implications for investment, innovation, and policy priorities. DEI 2017 also highlights the evolving nature of the risks being created by our continuing reliance on digital technology. Towards this end, the study covers a key question of “digital trust.“ The DEI 2017 incorporates a newly devised analysis of digital trust that takes into account the trustworthiness of the digital environment for each country; the quality of users’ experience; attitudes towards key institutions and organizations; and users’ behavior when they interact with the digital world. This subject is of great interest to all participants in the digital economy, given the concerns about security of essential information, cyber-attacks, and consumers’ apprehensions—about the digital systems and their reliability, the digital companies and their growing dominance, and about the leaders of digital companies. The DEI framework segments the 60 countries into Stand Outs, Stall Outs, Break Outs and Watch Outs. Three countries are notable as standouts even within the Stand Out segment: Singapore, New Zealand, and the UAE. Each has a unique policy-led digital strategy and a narrative that may be considered by other nations as worthy of emulation or adoption. The Nordic countries and Switzerland are at the top of the DEI 2017 rankings. China, once again, tops the list of countries in terms of the pace of change in its digital evolution, or momentum.
    • mayo 2007
      Fuente: International Telecommunication Union
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 mayo, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 agosto, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • noviembre 2018
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      GBD 2017 - Disability-Adjusted Life Years and Healthy Life Expectancy 1990-2017 The Global Burden of Disease Study 2016 (GBD 2016), coordinated by the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), estimated the burden of diseases, injuries, and risk factors for 195 countries and territories and at the subnational level for a subset of countries. Estimates for disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by cause, age, and sex and healthy life expectancy (HALE) by age and sex are available from the GBD Results Tool for 1990-2016 (quinquennial). Select tables published in The Lancet in September 2017 in "Global, regional, and national disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) for 333 diseases and injuries and healthy life expectancy (HALE) for 195 countries and territories, 1990–2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016" are also available for download via the “Files” tab above.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      It presents the different transactions and balances to get from the GDP to the net lending/net borrowing. Therefore, it includes, in particular, national disposable income (gross and net), consumption of fixed capital as well as net saving.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por duración de la desocupación.
    • enero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 22 enero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas desocupadas son todas aquellas que se hallan: a) sin empleo durante el período de referencia, es decir, que no tienen un puesto de trabajo salariado ni independiente; b) corrientemente disponibles para trabajar, es decir, disponibles para trabajar en un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente durante el período de referencia; y c) en busca de un puesto de trabajo, es decir, que tomaron medidas concretas para buscar un puesto de trabajo salariado o independiente en un período reciente especificado. Para favorecer la comparabilidad a nivel internacional, el período de referencia para la búsqueda de un puesto de trabajo se suele definir como las cuatro semanas precedentes a la encuesta, pero esto varía según los países. Las medidas concretas tomadas para buscar empleo pueden incluir el registro en oficinas de colocación públicas o privadas, solicitudes directas a empleadores, diligencias en lugares de trabajo, explotaciones agrícolas, fábricas, mercados u otros lugares de concurrencia, avisos en los periódicos o respuestas a las ofertas que aparecen en ellos, solicitud de ayuda a amigos y familiares, búsqueda de terrenos, edificios, maquinaria o equipos para establecer su propia empresa, gestiones para conseguir recursos financieros, solicitudes para obtener permisos y licencias, etc. Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La fuerza de trabajo abarca a todas las personas en edad de trabajar que representan la mano de obra disponible para la producción de bienes y servicios económicos durante un período de referencia especificado. Esto corresponde al conjunto de las personas ocupadas y las desocupadas. Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, que hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por actividad económica, que hace referencia a la actividad principal del establecimiento en el que la persona trabajó durante el período de referencia y no depende de las tareas o funciones específicas de su puesto de trabajo, sino de las características de la unidad económica en que trabaja.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por nivel de educación, haciendo referencia al nivel más alto de educación completado, según la Clasificación Internacional Normalizada de la Educación (CINE).
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por horas semanales efectivamente trabajadas, en términos del promedio de horas de trabajo por semana, y reflejando el total de horas trabajadas en todos los puestos de trabajo de las personas ocupadas y según todos los tipos de ordenamiento del tiempo de trabajo (por ejemplo a tiempo completo y a tiempo parcial). Las horas efectivamente trabajadas medidas incluyen (a) las «horas directas» o el tiempo dedicado al desempeño de las tareas y obligaciones de un trabajo; (b) las «horas conexas» o el tiempo dedicado a mantener, facilitar o intensificar las actividades productivas; (c) los «tiempos muertos» o el tiempo en el que una persona en un trabajo no puede trabajar debido a averías de la maquinaria o a la interrupción de los procesos de trabajo, a accidentes, a la falta de insumos o a la interrupción del suministro eléctrico o del acceso a Internet ; y (d) el «tiempo de descanso» o los períodos de corta duración dedicados al reposo, la higiene o el refrigerio, por ejemplo, para beber té o café o para orar, que suelen practicarse en virtud de la costumbre o de disposiciones contractuales, con arreglo a las normas establecidas y/o a las circunstancias nacionales. De las horas efectivamente trabajadas queda excluido el tiempo no trabajado, a saber: a) las vacaciones anuales, los días feriados, las licencias por enfermedad, las licencias parentales, las licencias de maternidad y de paternidad, y otras ausencias o licencias por motivos personales o familiares o por cumplimiento de deberes cívicos ; b) el tiempo de trayecto entre el trabajo y el hogar cuando en dicho trayecto no se realizan actividades productivas para el trabajo; en el caso de un puesto de trabajo salariado, dicho tiempo se excluye incluso si es remunerado por el empleador ; c) el tiempo dedicado a ciertas actividades educativas ; en el caso de un puesto de trabajo salariado, dicho tiempo se excluye incluso cuando las actividades son autorizadas, remuneradas o impartidas por el empleador ; d) las interrupciones prolongadas, distintas de los períodos de descanso breves, durante las cuales no se lleva a cabo actividad productiva alguna (como las pausas para la comida, o los períodos normales de descanso durante viajes largos); en el caso de un puesto de trabajo salariado, dichas interrupciones se excluyen incluso si son remuneradas por el empleador.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Las personas ocupadas son todas aquellas personas en edad de trabajar que durante un breve período de referencia estuvieron en cualquiera de las siguientes categorías: a) empleo asalariado (ya sea trabajando o con empleo pero sin trabajar); o b) empleo independiente (ya sea trabajando o con una empresa pero sin trabajar). Los datos están desagregados por ocupación, utilizando la versión más reciente de la Clasificación Internacional Uniforme de Ocupaciones (CIUO). La información sobre las ocupaciones hace referencia al conjunto de tareas y obligaciones llevadas a cabo por o asignadas a una persona. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1991-2016 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2017-2021 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en noviembre de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la descripción del indicador y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la OIT (en Inglés).
    • diciembre 2009
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 27 mayo, 2014
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_mism The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. In the framework of the indicators for the monitoring of the social dimension and mobility of the Bologna Process, the EU-SILC (EU Statistics on Income and Living Conditions) data of interest cover individual's educational attainment, income and, from the intergenerational transmission of poverty ad hoc module, educational attainment of the parents. The following data-sets, having EU-SILC as source, on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_sobs: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by sexeduc_bo_ac_soba: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by age D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_attd: Annual gross income of workers by educational attainment (2006)educ_bo_ou_terd: Annual gross income of workers with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) , by sex (2006) The general aim of the EU-SILC domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the citizens' living conditions across Europe. This domain actually contains a range of social statistics and indicators relating to the risks of income poverty and social exclusion. There are both conceptual and methodological problems in defining and measuring income poverty and social exclusion. Since a 1984 decision of the European Council, the following are regarded as poor: "those persons, families and groups of persons whose resources (material, cultural and social) are so limited as to exclude them from the minimum acceptable way of life in the Member State to which they belong". On this basis, measures of poverty at EU level adopt an approach which is both multi-dimensional and relative. In June 2006, a new set of common indicators for the social protection and social inclusion process was adopted. (For more details and definitions of these indicators: Indicators 2006). To investigate particular areas of policy interest in more detail, target secondary areas, to be collected every four years or less frequently, are added to the cross-sectional component of EU-SILC. "The intergenerational transmission of poverty" was chosen as the area to be implemented for 2005. This specific module, collected in 2005, had as purpose to collect and compile relevant and robust information on background factors linked to adult social exclusion, minimising the burden of respondents to provide accurate detailed indicators sufficiently comparable across the EU capturing the effects of childhood experiences on poverty risk. More general information on EU-SILC is available on ilc_base.htm
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 23 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • septiembre 2012
      Fuente: Americans for Divorce Reform
      Subido por: Knoema
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • julio 2018
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 julio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • enero 2012
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • abril 2013
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 28 noviembre, 2015
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • enero 2017
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD FSE database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies. These tables report country programmes data aggregated according to the main categories presented in the FSE Manual. More detailed documentation on country programmes can be found in country-level metadata; more data on country programmes can be found in the full dataset (Excel Format - link provided below). Statistics are organized in pivot tables to make possible cross-country comparisons and to filter disaggregated policy-level data by policy implementation criteria and country.
    • diciembre 2008
      Fuente: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Subido por: Peter Speyer
      Seleccionar base de datos
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
  • E
    • septiembre 2018
      Fuente: Fraser Institute
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 02 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: "Economic Freedom of the World: 2018 Annual Report"@Fraser Institute   The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • mayo 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 19 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual data (for all variables) and quarterly figures (for a subset of variables). Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as Quarterly National Accounts, Annual National Accounts, Labour Force Statistics and Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 25 May 2018. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The OECD Long Term Baseline analyzes the major economic trends beyond the OECD short-term projections. For all OECD economies, and the major non-OECD economies, it provides coverage of components of potential growth, fiscal balances and debt accumulation, domestic saving and investment balances, and external balances (through the current account). It also includes interest rates consistent with those projections. The database contains annual data to 2060. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Annual National Accounts, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and Eurostat.
    • junio 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 26 septiembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • diciembre 2012
      Fuente: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 mayo, 2013
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 12 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      .. - data not available Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national official sources. Definition: The economically inactive population includes all the persons who are not part of the labour force, i.e. are neither employed nor unemployed. General note: Data come from the Labour Force Survey (LFS), unless otherwise specified. Data are shown in thousands. Country: Armenia For the period of 1995-2006 data are based on integrated data received from various sources. Break in methodlogy (2007, 2014): from 2007 to 2013 data are based on the Integrated Survey of the Household Living Standards. Since 2014 data are based on the Labour Force Survey. Break in series (2008): 2007 data refer to population aged 16-75. Since 2008, application of ILO methodology, data cover population aged 15-75. Country: Austria Data below the threshold of 3 000 persons are not published, while caution should be taken in interpreting data below the threshold of 6 000 persons. Country: Austria Break in methodology (2004): Break in series due to change in data collection procedure. Country: Bulgaria Change in definition (1990): Data for & 39;Other reasons, including sickness& 39; include persons who are inactive for personal or family reasons. Country: Bulgaria Change in definition (1995 - 2002): Data for & 39;Other reasons, including sickness& 39; include persons who are inactive for personal or family reasons. Data refer to June and include persons on compolsory military service Country: Bulgaria Change in definition (2003 - 2012): Data for & 39;Other reasons, including sickness& 39; include persons who are inactive for personal or family reasons. Data are annual averages and exclude persons on compulsory military service. Country: Bulgaria Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1993 Country: Bulgaria Data below the threshold of 4 000 persons are not reliable due to small sample sizes and are not published. Country: Canada Data for Study, Retirement and Home-making include only persons who have left their jobs within the last 12 months. All other inactive persons are included in the category Other reasons, including sickness. Country: Canada Data do not cover the three northern territories (Yukon, Northwest and Nunavuk ). Country: Croatia Data given for 2013 onwards are calibrated according to the results of the Census 2011 and are not fully comparable with data given for previous years. Country: Cyprus Territorial change (2000 - 2012): Data cover government controlled area. Country: Czechia From 2010 a new variable covers retired persons. This creates differences in sum of reasons to total reasons. Country: Denmark Break in methodlogy (2009): Beark in series due to change in sources Country: Estonia Data for age group 15+ refers to 15-74; age group 65+ refers to 65-74. Country: Finland Change in definition (1990 - 2006): Data for age group 15+ refers to 15-74; age group 65+ refers to 65-74. Data for ?Home-making? include persons who take care of own children or other dependants. Data for ?Other reasons, including sickness? include disability and other reasons. Data for inactive persons aged 65+ were all classified as retired. Country: Finland Change in definition (2007 onward): Data for age group 15+ refers to 15-74; age group 65+ refers to 65-74. Data for ?Home-making? include persons who take care of own children or other dependants. Data for ?Other reasons, including sickness? include disability and other reasons. Country: France Data cover only Metropolitan France. Country: Georgia Change in definition (2008 onward): Inactive persons: homemaker - also includes a man who looks after infants or disabled persons Country: Georgia Territorial change (2000 onward): Data do not cover Abkhazia AR and Tskhinvali Region Country: Germany Break in methodlogy (2005): Until 2004, data refer to one reporting week. From 2005 data are annual average figures. Country: Greece Data refer to annual averages. Country: Hungary Change in definition (2000 - 2013): Data for age group 15+ refers to 15-74; age group 65+ refers to 65-74. Data on ?Home-making? category include persons on parental leave. Data on ?Other reasons, including sickness? include permanently disabled persons. Country: Iceland Break in methodology (2003): Break in series because of change to continuous survey every week of the year. Country: Iceland Change in definition (1990 onward): The survey sample covered population aged 16 to 74. Country: Iceland Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1991. Country: Ireland Inactive according to ILO criteria classified by PES Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2000): In 1998: 1) Changes in the weighting method; 2) Transition to the 1995 Population Census estimates; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2001): Changes in the weighting method. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_f1_comparison-mimi.f Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2009): 1) Update of the definition of the civilian labour force characteristics; 2) Transition to the 2008 Population Census estimates. See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications11/1460/pdf/intro05_e.pdf Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2012): 1) Transitiom from a quarterly to a monthly LFS; 2) Changes in the definitions of labour force characteristics (including compulsory and permanent military service into labour force). See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/publications/labour_survey04/labour_f--orce_survey/answer_question_e_2012.pdf Country: Israel Change in definition (1995): From 1995, 1) Update of the definitions of labour force characteristics; 2) Changes in the Standard Industrial Classification of Economic Activities; See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/publications/saka_change/tch_e.pdf Country: Israel Change in definition (2000): From 2000, changes in the questionnaire (Highest Diploma Received, Discouraged Workers, Employees hired through employment agencies or employment contractors); See explanations: http://www.cbs.gov.il/www/saka_y/e_intro_e_changes.pdf Country: Italy Break in methodlogy (2004): From 2004, there is a break in series due to change in survey and data collection procedure (continuous survey). Country: Kyrgyzstan 2003: break in series: change in methodology. Country: Latvia Change in definition (2002 - 2012): Age group 15+ refers to 15-74; age group 65+ refers to 65-74. Country: Latvia Reference period (1995): Data refer to 1996. Country: Luxembourg Reference period (1980): Data refers to year 1983 Country: Malta Some data not shown due to lack of reliability. Country: Moldova, Republic of Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Netherlands All inactive persons aged 65+ were categorized as retired through 2013, but are included in other categories from 2014. Country: Norway Data for age group 15-64 refers to 15-66; age group 25-49 refers to 25-54; age group 50-64 refers to 55-66; age group 65+ refers to 55-74 and age group 15+ refers to 15-74. Data for ?Retirement? include early retirement and disabled persons. Country: Poland Data are not fully comparable with the results of the surveys prior to 2010 as persons staying outside households for 12 months or longer are excluded from the survey (previously over 3 months). Country: Portugal Data from 2011 onwards are not directly comparable with data for the previous years due to new data collection methods used in the Portuguese Labour Force Survey series. Estimates below 4 500 individuals are not shown due to high coefficients of variation. Country: Romania Break in methodology (2002): Due to the revision of the definitions and the coverage, the data series of 2002-2012 are not perfectly comparable with data series of previous years. Break in series starting with year 2013. For years 2014 onward data were estimated using the resident population. For year 2013 data were estimated based on revised population figures (resident population) in accordance to the 2011 Census results. Country: Romania Reference period (1995): Data for 1995 refers to March 1995 Country: Russian Federation Change in definition (1990 - 2013): Data present the population aged 15-72 years Country: Russian Federation Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1992 Country: Russian Federation Territorial change (1990 - 2006): Data do not include the Chechen Republic Country: Serbia Data do not cover Kosovo and Metohija. Country: Slovenia Some data not shown due to low reliability. Country: Spain Data for age group 15+ refers to 16+; age group 15-24 refers to 16-24 and age group 15-64 refers to 16-64. Data are annual average of the four quarters of the year. Country: Switzerland Break in methodlogy (2010): Change to continuous survey. As of 2010: annual averages Country: Switzerland Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1991 Country: Switzerland Reference period (1990 - 2009): Data refer to 2nd quarter Country: Switzerland Some data were deleted as unreliable Country: Turkey Break in series (2014): Since 2014 series are not comparable with the previous years due to methodological changes in LFS. Country: Turkey Break in methodlogy (2004): Data are revised according to the 2008 population projections. Country: Ukraine Change in definition (2000 - 2012): Economicaly active population include persons aged 15-70, who can not be classified as "employed" and "unemployed". Country: Ukraine Territorial change (2000 - 2012): Data do not cover the area of radioactive contamination from the Chernobyl disaster. Country: United Kingdom Some data were deleted as unreliable
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: International Labour Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      La mediana de edad marca el punto donde la mitad del grupo es mayor que esa edad y la mitad es más joven. La fuerza de trabajo abarca a todas las personas en edad de trabajar que representan la mano de obra disponible para la producción de bienes y servicios económicos durante un período de referencia especificado. Esto corresponde al conjunto de las personas ocupadas y las desocupadass. Esta serie es parte de las estimaciones de la OIT y está armonizada teniendo en cuenta las diferencias de los datos nacionales y del alcance de la cobertura, las metodologías de recolección y tabulación, y otros factores específicos de cada país. Los datos para 1990-2015 son estimaciones mientras que los datos para 2016-2030 son proyecciones. La base de datos se actualizó en julio de 2017. Para obtener más información, consulte la nota metodológica general (en Inglés) y el documento metodológico sobre las estimaciones y proyecciones de la fuerza de trabajo (en Inglés).
    • enero 2018
      Fuente: Edelman
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 16 marzo, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012. With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies. To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • diciembre 2018
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 03 diciembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Countries report expenditures by public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions. These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private). Expenditure is classified into current and capital expenditure. Current expenditure is then broken down, into expenditure on compensation of personnel, and expenditure on other (non-personnel) resources.
    • diciembre 2015
      Fuente: United Nations Development Programme
      Subido por: Misha Gusev
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: World Bank
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 14 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Data cited at: The World Bank https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/ Topic:Education Statistics Publication: https://datacatalog.worldbank.org/dataset/education-statistics License: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/   The World Bank EdStats All Indicator Query holds over 4,000 internationally comparable indicators that describe education access, progression, completion, literacy, teachers, population, and expenditures. The indicators cover the education cycle from pre-primary to vocational and tertiary education.
    • septiembre 2017
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 15 diciembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      This indicator presents internationally comparable data regarding the labour force status and the educational attainment level by the National Educational Attainment Categories (NEAC) as reported by the labour force survey (LFS) and published in OECD Education at a Glance 2017. For trend data, the Education at a Glance Database includes data from 1981 to 2016 (or years with available data).
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 21 noviembre, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      Source: UNECE Statistical Database, compiled from national official sources. Definition:Educational attainment is defined as the highest level successfully completed by the person, in the educational system of the country where the education was received. The levels of education are defined according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED): - Primary: ISCED level 1 - Lower secondary: ISCED level 2 - Upper and post secondary non-tertiary: ISCED levels 3-4 - Tertiary: ISCED 1997 levels 5-6 or ISCED 2011 levels 5-8. In this table the upper secondary level includes post-secondary non-tertiary education. For most countries the transition from ISCED 1997 to ISCED 2011 is from the scool year 2013-2014. For more details see Country Footnotes. .. - data not available Country: Armenia Change in definition (1980 - 1990): Level of education ?not stated? includes population without education attainment. Country: Armenia Reference period (1980): Data refer to 1979 Country: Armenia Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1989 Country: Austria Break in methodology (2004): In 2014 a new weighting procedure for the LFS was introduced. Following this change in the weighting procedure, data was revised back to 2004. Country: Austria ISCED-11 (2014 onwards): Break in series due to the reclassification of a programme spanning levels: the qualification acquired upon successful completion of higher technical and vocational colleges is allocated in ISCED 2011 to ISCED level 5; under ISCED 1997 the same qualification was reported on ISCED level 4, but earmarked as equivalent to tertiary education Country: Austria Change in definition (1980 - 2000): Data before 2000 do not comply with ISCED97 as regards distinction between upper secondary and tertiary. ISCED97 5B mainly included in Upper Secondary. Country: Austria Change in definition (2004 - 2015): Data include ISCED Level 3c short in lower secondary level. Country: Azerbaijan Reference period (1980 - 2013): Data refer to end of year. Country: Belarus Additional information (1990 - 2013): Total includes population without education. Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (1990): Data refer to 1989 census Country: Belarus Break in methodlogy (2000): Data refer to 1999 census Country: Belgium 2010: break in series: change in methodology. Measurement: Persons , Country: Bosnia and Herzegovina Population by educational attainment, educational level not stated refers to the population with no primary schooling and some primary. Country: Bulgaria Break in methodlogy (1980): Data are from 1985 census Country: Bulgaria Break in methodlogy (1990): Data are from 1992 census Country: Bulgaria Break in methodlogy (2001): Data are from 2001 census Country: Bulgaria Reference period (1995 - 2002): Data refer to June of respective year Country: Canada Additional information (1990 - onwards): Data cover non-institutionalized population in the 10 provinces, i.e. excluding the three Territories. Country: Croatia Change in definition (1980 - 1990): Data refer to population with permanent residence irrespective of actual residence and duration. "Education level-not stated" comprises persons with unknown education level as well as persons with no school at all. Country: Croatia Change in definition (2001 - 2013): "Education level-not stated" comprises persons with unknown education level as well as persons with no school at all. Country: Croatia Reference period (1980): Data refer to 1981 Country: Croatia Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1991 Country: Cyprus Change in definition (1990): Lower secondary level is included in upper secondary level Country: Cyprus Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1989 Country: Cyprus Reference period (1995): Data refer to 1992 Country: Cyprus Data cover only government controlled area Country: Cyprus From 2014, data compiled using ISCED 2011 classification. Country: Cyprus From 2000, persons who have not attended or finished primary education also included in primary education level. Country: Estonia Change in definition (1980 - 2000): Data are from censuses and refer to population aged 25+ Data for primary level attainment include persons who have not completed the primary level education. Country: Estonia Change in definition (2001 - 2013): Age group 25+ refers to 25-74, age group 50+ refers to 50-74. Data for primary level attainment include persons who have not completed the primary level education. Country: Estonia Change in definition (2012): Data is from census 2011. Data refer to 31.december 2011 Data for primary level attainment include persons who have not completed the primary level education. Country: Estonia Reference period (1980): Data refer to 1979 Country: Estonia Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1989 Country: Finland Data for lower secondary level include primary level. Country: Georgia Change in definition (1980 - 2013): Level of education ?not stated? includes population without education attainment Country: Georgia Reference period (1980): Data refer to 1979 Country: Georgia Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1989 Country: Germany Data from 1990 to 1998 are classified according to ISCED-76, data from 1999 to 2013 according to ISCED 97, data from 2014 on are classified according to ISCED 2011. Country: Greece Break in methodology (2000): From 2000, data refer to population residing in private households Country: Greece Change in definition (2001 - 2013): "Primary" includes also persons that did not completed ISCED 1 programs Country: Greece Data refer to annual averages. From 2014, estimates use ISCED-2011 classification. Country: Hungary Break in methodlogy (1995): Before 1995, data are from population censuses. From 2000, from Country: Hungary Change in definition (2000 - 2008): Data refer to population aged 25-74. Country: Iceland Break in methodology (2003): Change in data collection procedure. Data classified according to ISCED 2011. Country: Iceland Reference period (1990): 1990 refers to 1991 Country: Ireland From 2000, data refer to age group 25-64. From 2014, data are compiled according to ISCED-2011. As a result data breakdown by education level not fully comparable with previous years. Country: Ireland Reference period (1980): Data refer to1981 Country: Ireland Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1991 Country: Ireland Reference period (1995): Data refer to 1996 Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2001): Changes in the weighting method. Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2009): Transition to the 2008 Population Census estimates. Country: Israel Break in methodlogy (2012): Transitiom from a quarterly to a monthly LFS. Country: Israel From 2012, using ISCED-2011. Totals include population by educational attainment, pre-primary. Country: Italy Break in methodology (2004): Change in data collection procedure. From 2014, data classified by ISCED 2011. Country: Italy Change in definition (1980 - 1990): Data for primary level attainment include persons who have not completed the primary level education Country: Kyrgyzstan Break in methodlogy (2000): Data refer to 1999 Census Country: Kyrgyzstan Break in methodlogy (2009): Data refer to 2009 Census Country: Kyrgyzstan Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1989 Census Country: Latvia Change in definition (1995 - 2001): Population aged 15+. Data for primary level refers to level 0 and 1 of ISCED 1997 classification. Country: Latvia Change in definition (2002 onward): Population 15-74 age group. For 2002-2013, data for primary level refers to level 0 and 1 of ISCED 1997 classification. From 2014, data for primary level refers to level 0 and 1 of ISCED 2011 classification. Country: Latvia Reference period (1995): Data refer to 1996 Country: Luxembourg Additional information (1990 - onwards): Data for age group 25+ refer to 25-74. Country: Luxembourg Break in methodlogy (2003): Switch from a face-to-face to a telephone survey Country: Luxembourg Break in methodlogy (2009): Random Digit Dialing has replaced the register-based sampling Country: Luxembourg Change in definition (1990 - 2012): The categroy `Lower secodnary` also includes persons who have at most attained the primary level Country: Luxembourg Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1992 Country: Malta Some data not shown due to lack of reliability. Country: Moldova, Republic of Territorial change (2000 onward): Data exclude the territory of the Transnistria and municipality of Bender Country: Netherlands Since 2003, ''Primary'' includes also ISCED level 0 (persons who have not successfully completed ISCED 1 programs). Country: Norway Break in methodology (2007): As of 2007, the results of a survey on education completed abroad before immigration to Norway is included. As a result , the proportion of & 39;educational level not stated& 39; was reduced. All data compiled according ISCED 2011. Country: Poland Change in definition (1990 - 2002): Upper secondary level includes lower secondary level. Country: Poland Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1988 Country: Portugal Data from 2011 onwards are not directly comparable with data for the previous years due to new data collection methods used in the Portuguese Labour Force Survey series. Data from 2014 onward are compiled according to ISCED-2011. Data for ''educational level not stated'' refer to individuals who have not successfully completed ISCED level 1. Country: Romania Break in methodology (2002): Data series of 2002-2012 are not perfectly comparable with data series of previous years. For years 2014 onward data were estimated using the resident population. For year 2013 data were estimated based on revised population figures (resident population) in accordance to the 2011 Census results. Starting with year 2014 educational attainment collected according to ISCED 2011. Educational level not stated includes persons without any formal education graduated. Country: Serbia Data for education level not stated include population without education attainment. Country: Slovakia Change in definition (1995): data for total of education levels include only secondary and tertiary levels. Country: Slovakia Change in definition (2001 - 2011): data on primary education according to ISCED 97, level 1 is not available Country: Slovenia From 2014 data are compiled according to ISCED-2011 and persons with ISCED level 0 are excluded. Country: Spain Data are annual averages of the four quarters of the year. From 2014 data are compiled according to ISCED-2011 Country: Sweden Break in methodlogy (2002): Quality improvement and change in classification from ISCED 1976 to ISCED 1997. Country: Sweden Change in definition (1990 - 2013): Data refer to population aged 25-74 Country: Switzerland Break in methodlogy (2010): Major changes in data collection procedures (quaterly data instead of annual data). Country: Switzerland Change in definition (1990 - 2001): Lower sedondary education includes primary education Country: Switzerland Change in definition (2002): Change in definition of educational attainment levels Country: Switzerland Reference period (1990): Data refer to 1991 Country: Switzerland Since 2014, data are compiled according to ISCED-2011 Country: United States Change in definition (1980): Primary refers to grades 5-8, Lower Secondary refers to grade 9 in High School, no diploma, Upper Secondary refers to High School, college graduate, Tertiary refers to people who have completed Associate& 39;s degree through Doctorate degree, Not stated refers to people who didn& 39;t complete any schooling through 4th grade. Data based on completed schooling years. Country: United States Change in definition (1990 - 2015): Primary refers to grades 5-8, Lower Secondary refers to grade 9 in High School, no diploma, Upper Secondary refers to High School, college graduate, Tertiary refers to people who have completed Associate`s degree through Doctorate degree, Not stated refers to people who did not complete any schooling through 4th grade. Data based on degrees.
    • junio 2016
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 09 junio, 2016
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • diciembre 2017
      Fuente: Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies, Burundi
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 17 abril, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Eurostat
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 10 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • febrero 2018
      Fuente: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 11 junio, 2018
      Seleccionar base de datos
      EIA's Annual Energy Outlook provides modeled projections of domestic energy markets through 2050, and it includes cases with different assumptions regarding macroeconomic growth, world oil prices, technological progress, and energy policies. Strong domestic production coupled with relatively flat energy demand allow the United States to become a net energy exporter over the projection period in most cases. In the Reference case, natural gas consumption grows the most on an absolute basis, and non-hydroelectric renewables grow the most on a percentage basis.The AEO is developed using the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS), an integrated model that captures interactions of economic changes and energy supply, demand, and prices.Energy market projections are subject to much uncertainty, as many of the events that shape energy markets and future developments in technologies, demographics, and resources cannot be foreseen with certainty.
    • diciembre 2016
      Fuente: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 13 enero, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
    • septiembre 2011
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • febrero 2019
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Pallavi S
      Acceso el: 18 febrero, 2019
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2012 : OECD COUNTRIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • septiembre 2011
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.
    • septiembre 2011
      Fuente: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Subido por: Knoema
      Acceso el: 01 septiembre, 2017
      Seleccionar base de datos
      These tables are a complement to the report Agricultural Policy Monitoring and Evaluation 2011 : OECD COUNTRIES AND EMERGING ECONOMIES. They comprise the summary of agricultural support estimates for OECD countries.